]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
resolved: switch cache option to a tri-state option (systemd#5552).
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 243 in spe:
4
5 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
6 effect that an calling an offending system call would terminate the
7 calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since killing
8 individual threads of unexpecting processes is likely to create more
9 problems than it solves. With this release the default action changed
10 from killing the thread to killing the whole process. For this to
11 work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14) and a libseccomp
12 version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp action is required. If
13 an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old behaviour continues to
14 be used. This change does not affect any services that have no system
15 call filters defined, or that use SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus
16 see EPERM or another error instead of being killed when calling an
17 offending system call). Note that systemd documentation always
18 claimed that the whole process is killed. With this change behaviour
19 is thus adjusted to match the documentation.
20
21 * The "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to 4194304 by default,
22 i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up from the old 16bit
23 range. This should improve security and robustness a bit, as PID
24 collisions are made less likely (though certainly still
25 possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
26 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
27 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
28 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
29 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
30 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
31 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
32 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now only a
33 single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been concerns
34 that usability is affected by this change because larger PID numbers
35 are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digit PIDs to 7
36 digit PIDs is not too hampering for usability.
37
38 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
39 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
40 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
41 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
42
43 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
44 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
45
46 * A new setting DisableControllers= has been added that may be used to
47 explicitly disable one or more cgroups controllers for a unit and all
48 its children.
49
50 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
51 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
52 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
53 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
54 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
55 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
56 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
57 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
58 caught up with the kernel API changes.
59
60 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
61 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
62 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
63 should be called -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate. The
64 default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
65 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
66 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
67 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
68 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
69 packagers.
70
71 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
72 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
73
74 build/man/man systemctl
75 build/man/html systemd.index
76
77 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
78 Please use -Dlibidn=true when libidn is favorable.
79
80 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
81 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
82 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
83 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
84 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
85 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
86
87 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
88 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
89 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
90 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
91 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
92 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
93 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
94 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
95 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
96 unambiguously distinguished.
97
98 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
99 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
100 very rarely used.
101
102 To replace this functionality, users should:
103 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
104 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
105 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
106 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
107 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
108
109 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
110 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
111 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
112 interfaces should really be matched.
113
114 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
115 allocation policy. Setting can be specified in system.conf and
116 hence will set the default policy for PID1. Default policy can be
117 overridden on per-service basis. Related setting NUMAMask= is used to
118 specify NUMA node mask that should be associated with the selected
119 policy.
120
121 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
122 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
123 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
124 stop the whole unit.
125
126 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
127 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
128 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
129 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
130 generated whenever a unit stops.
131
132 * units may now configure an explicit time-out to apply to when killed
133 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
134 the regular TimeoutStopSec= time-out was applied in this case too —
135 now a separate time-out may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
136
137 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
138 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
139 request service take down. This is useful both for testing watchdog
140 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
141 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
142
143 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
144 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
145 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
146 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
147 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
148 programs set up externally.
149
150 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
151 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
152 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
153 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
154
155 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
156 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
157 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
158 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
159 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
160 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
161 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
162
163 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
164 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
165 debugging easier. After a longer time-out they are forcibly killed,
166 as before.
167
168 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
169 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
170 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
171 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
172 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
173 links on terminals that support that.
174
175 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
176 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
177 unmounted safely during shutdown.
178
179 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
180
181 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has been extended
182 to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
183 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the default.
184 If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are skipped
185 from being cached while keeping the same cache heuristics for positive answers.
186 The default remains as "yes" (i. e. caching is enabled).
187
188 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
189 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
190
191 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
192 interfaces natively.
193
194 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
195 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
196 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
197 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
198
199 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
200 option for configuring the maximum number of attempts to request a
201 DHCP lease. It also learnt a new BlackList= option for blacklisting
202 DHCP servers (a similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA
203 client), as well as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to
204 send a DHCP RELEASE message when terminating.
205
206 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
207 seperately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
208
209 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
210 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
211 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
212 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
213 added to the GENEVE support.
214
215 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
216 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
217 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
218 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
219 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
220
221 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
222 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
223 onto the network device.
224
225 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
226 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
227 MulticastRouter= for configureing multicast routing behaviour.
228
229 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
230 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
231 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
232
233 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
234 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
235
236 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
237 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
238 statistics.
239
240 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
241 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
242 specific udev properties.
243
244 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
245 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
246 "lo" as underlying device.
247
248 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
249 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
250 IP addresses, too.
251
252 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
253 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
254 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
255
256 * systemd-analyze gained a new "timestamp" verb for parsing and
257 converting timestamps. It's similar to the existing "systemd-analyze
258 calendar" command which does the same for recurring calendar
259 events. It also gained a new "condition" verb for parsing and testing
260 ConditionXYZ= expressions.
261
262 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
263 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
264 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
265 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
266 devices securely with strict requirements on session
267 membership. Desktop environments may use this to generically make
268 brightness changes to such devices without shipping private SUID
269 binaries or specific udev rules for that purpose.
270
271 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
272 a device to be initialized.
273
274 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
275 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
276 used to configure device timeouts for waiting for the hibernation
277 device to show up.
278
279 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
280 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
281 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
282 with GCC's cleanup extension.
283
284 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
285 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
286 with printf().
287
288 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
289 XML introspection data unmodified.
290
291 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
292 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
293 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
294 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
295
296 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
297 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows selecting
298 a different tty than the built-in default.
299
300
301
302 CHANGES WITH 242:
303
304 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
305 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
306 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
307 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
308 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
309 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
310 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
311
312 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
313 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
314
315 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
316 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
317 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
318 may be used to view this.
319
320 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
321 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
322 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
323 ```
324 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
325 [Match]
326 Type=bridge
327
328 [Link]
329 MACAddressPolicy=none
330 ```
331
332 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
333 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
334 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
335 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
336 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
337 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
338 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
339
340 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
341 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
342
343 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
344 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
345
346 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
347 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
348
349 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
350 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
351 is a USB peripheral).
352
353 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
354 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
355 measured.
356
357 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
358 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
359 have privileges to do so).
360
361 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
362 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
363 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
364
365 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
366 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
367 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
368 namespace.
369
370 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
371 in which case environment variable substitution is
372 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
373
374 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
375 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
376 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
377 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
378 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
379
380 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
381 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
382 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
383 installed CPU cores.
384
385 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
386 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
387 kernel 4.15.
388
389 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
390 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
391 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
392 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
393 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
394
395 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
396 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
397 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
398
399 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
400 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
401 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
402 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
403 enslaved devices is not operational.
404
405 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
406 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
407
408 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
409 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
410 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
411 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
412 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
413 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
414
415 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
416 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
417
418 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
419
420 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
421 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
422 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
423
424 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
425 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
426
427 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
428 configure CAN triple sampling.
429
430 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
431 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
432
433 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
434 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
435 details.
436
437 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
438 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
439 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
440 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
441 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
442 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
443
444 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
445
446 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
447 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
448 controlling project quota inheritance.
449
450 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
451 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
452 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
453 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
454 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
455 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
456 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
457 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
458 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
459 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
460 partition.
461
462 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
463 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
464 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
465 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
466 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
467
468 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
469 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
470
471 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
472 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
473 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
474 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
475 be used in production yet.
476
477 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
478 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
479 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
480 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
481 input, output, and error are set up.
482
483 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
484
485 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
486 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
487 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
488
489 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
490 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
491 the specified expression will elapse next.
492
493 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
494 introspection data.
495
496 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
497 the reboot() system call expects.
498
499 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
500 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
501 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
502
503 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
504 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
505 ConditionVirtualization=).
506
507 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
508 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
509 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
510 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
511 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
512 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
513 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
514 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
515 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
516 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
517 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
518 during reboot with their own operations.
519
520 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
521 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
522 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
523 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
524
525 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
526 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
527 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
528 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
529 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
530
531 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
532 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
533
534 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
535 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
536 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
537 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
538 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
539 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
540 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
541 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
542 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
543
544 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
545 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
546 prohibited.
547
548 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
549 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
550 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
551 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
552 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
553 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
554 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
555 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
556
557 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
558 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
559 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
560 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
561 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
562 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
563 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
564 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
565 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
566 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
567 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
568 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
569 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
570 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
571 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
572 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
573 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
574 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
575
576 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
577
578 CHANGES WITH 241:
579
580 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
581 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
582 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
583
584 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
585 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
586 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
587 include the package release information.
588
589 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
590 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
591 option.
592
593 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
594 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
595 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
596
597 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
598 again.
599
600 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
601 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
602 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
603 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
604 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
605 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
606 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
607 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
608 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
609 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
610 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
611 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
612 installed .link files to *not* include it.
613
614 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
615 "persistent", now works again as documented.
616
617 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
618 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
619
620 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
621 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
622 used for side-channel attacks.
623
624 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
625 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
626 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
627
628 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
629 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
630 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
631 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
632 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
633 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
634
635 fs.protected_regular = 0
636 fs.protected_fifos = 0
637
638 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
639 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
640
641 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
642 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
643 POSIX shells.
644
645 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
646 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
647
648 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
649 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
650 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
651 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
652 points but otherwise empty.
653
654 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
655 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
656 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
657
658 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
659 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
660
661 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
662 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
663
664 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
665 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
666 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
667 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
668 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
669 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
670 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
671 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
672 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
673 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
674 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
675 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
676 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
677 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
678 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
679 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
680 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
681
682 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
683
684 CHANGES WITH 240:
685
686 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
687 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
688 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
689 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
690 an SELinux policy update is required.
691 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
692
693 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
694 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
695 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
696 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
697 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
698 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
699 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
700 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
701 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
702 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
703
704 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
705 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
706 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
707 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
708 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
709 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
710 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
711 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
712 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
713 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
714 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
715 the search path.
716
717 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
718 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
719 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
720 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
721 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
722 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
723 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
724 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
725 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
726 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
727 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
728 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
729 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
730 start job.
731
732 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
733 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
734 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
735 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
736 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
737 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
738 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
739 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
740 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
741 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
742
743 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
744 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
745 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
746 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
747 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
748 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
749 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
750 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
751 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
752 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
753 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
754 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
755 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
756 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
757 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
758 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
759 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
760 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
761 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
762 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
763 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
764 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
765 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
766 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
767 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
768 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
769 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
770 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
771 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
772 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
773 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
774 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
775 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
776 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
777 Java.)
778
779 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
780 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
781 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
782 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
783 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
784 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
785 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
786 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
787 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
788 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
789
790 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
791 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
792 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
793 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
794 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
795 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
796
797 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
798 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
799 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
800 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
801 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
802
803 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
804 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
805
806 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
807 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
808 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
809
810 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
811 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
812
813 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
814 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
815 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
816
817 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
818 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
819 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
820 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
821 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
822 latency.
823
824 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
825 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
826
827 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
828 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
829 instance part of a unit name.
830
831 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
832 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
833 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
834 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
835 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
836 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
837 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
838 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
839 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
840
841 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
842 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
843 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
844 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
845
846 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
847 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
848 to a file, and appending to it.
849
850 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
851 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
852 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
853 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
854 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
855 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
856
857 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
858 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
859 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
860 having to touch C code.
861
862 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
863 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
864
865 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
866 DNS-over-TLS.
867
868 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
869 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
870 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
871
872 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
873 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
874 until the system finished start-up.
875
876 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
877
878 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
879 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
880 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
881 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
882 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
883 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
884 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
885
886 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
887 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
888 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
889 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
890 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
891 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
892 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
893 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
894 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
895 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
896 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
897 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
898
899 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
900 instantiate services.
901
902 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
903 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
904
905 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
906 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
907 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
908
909 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
910 it is neither used nor maintained.
911
912 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
913 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
914 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
915 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
916 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
917 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
918 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
919 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
920 separated by colons.
921
922 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
923 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
924
925 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
926 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
927
928 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
929 "ethtool advertise" commands.
930
931 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
932 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
933 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
934 directly.
935
936 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
937 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
938 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
939 ID.
940
941 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
942 and generate various 128bit IDs.
943
944 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
945 and LOGO=.
946
947 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
948 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
949 from any hibernated image.
950
951 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
952 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
953 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
954 kernel exports them.
955
956 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
957 /usr/bin/.
958
959 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
960 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
961 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
962 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
963 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
964 now documented here:
965
966 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
967
968 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
969 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
970 installs during early boot.
971
972 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
973 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
974
975 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
976 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
977
978 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
979 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
980 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
981
982 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
983 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
984 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
985 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
986 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
987 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
988 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
989 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
990 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
991 is on AC power.
992
993 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
994 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
995 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
996 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
997 see:
998
999 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
1000
1001 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
1002 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
1003 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
1004 and container environments.
1005
1006 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
1007 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
1008 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
1009 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
1010
1011 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
1012 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
1013 journald per-service.
1014
1015 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
1016 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
1017
1018 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
1019 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
1020 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
1021 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
1022
1023 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
1024 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
1025 groups.
1026
1027 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
1028 --ephemeral command line switch.
1029
1030 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
1031 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
1032 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
1033 object itself.
1034
1035 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
1036 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
1037 not unloaded).
1038
1039 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
1040 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
1041 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
1042
1043 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
1044 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
1045 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
1046 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
1047 "dead" state on success.
1048
1049 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
1050 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
1051 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
1052 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
1053 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
1054 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
1055 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
1056 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
1057 well-defined system service context.
1058
1059 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
1060 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
1061 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
1062 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
1063
1064 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
1065 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
1066 continue to be used.
1067
1068 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
1069 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
1070 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
1071 for example:
1072
1073 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
1074
1075 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
1076 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
1077 the command line's exit code.
1078
1079 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
1080
1081 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
1082
1083 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
1084 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
1085 support to systemctl and all other commands.
1086
1087 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
1088 name as argument.
1089
1090 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
1091 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
1092 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
1093 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
1094 is improved.
1095
1096 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
1097 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
1098 initialize one to all 0xFF.
1099
1100 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
1101 all files and directories listed in
1102 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
1103 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
1104 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
1105 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
1106 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
1107 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
1108 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
1109 the transition to the host OS.
1110
1111 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
1112 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
1113 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
1114 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
1115 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
1116 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
1117 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
1118 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
1119 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
1120 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
1121 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
1122 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
1123 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
1124 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
1125 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
1126 these are opened they don't work.
1127
1128 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
1129 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
1130 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
1131 logic works again.
1132
1133 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
1134 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
1135 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
1136 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
1137 ignore it.
1138
1139 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
1140 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
1141 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
1142 commands.
1143
1144 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
1145 pam_systemd anymore.
1146
1147 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
1148 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
1149 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
1150 policy took effect.
1151
1152 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
1153 python-3.5.
1154
1155 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
1156 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
1157 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
1158 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
1159 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
1160 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
1161 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
1162 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
1163 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
1164 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
1165 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
1166 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
1167 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
1168 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
1169 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
1170 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
1171 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1172 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
1173 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
1174 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
1175 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
1176 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
1177 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
1178 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
1179 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
1180 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
1181 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1182 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
1183 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
1184 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
1185 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
1186 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
1187 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
1188 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
1189 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
1190 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
1191 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
1192 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
1193 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
1194 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
1195 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
1196 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
1197 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
1198 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
1199 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
1200
1201 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
1202
1203 CHANGES WITH 239:
1204
1205 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
1206 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
1207 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
1208 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
1209 a slot number associated.
1210
1211 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
1212 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
1213 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
1214 independent.
1215
1216 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
1217 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
1218 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
1219
1220 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
1221 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
1222 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
1223 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
1224
1225 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
1226 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
1227 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
1228 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
1229 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
1230 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
1231 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
1232 e.g. NIS.
1233
1234 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
1235 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
1236 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
1237 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
1238 may be necessary to update the file.
1239
1240 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
1241 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
1242 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
1243 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
1244 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
1245 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
1246 documentation.
1247
1248 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
1249 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
1250 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
1251 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
1252 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
1253 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
1254 them.
1255
1256 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
1257 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
1258 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
1259 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
1260 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
1261
1262 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
1263 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
1264 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
1265 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
1266 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
1267 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
1268 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
1269 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
1270
1271 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
1272 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
1273 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
1274 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
1275 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
1276
1277 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
1278 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
1279 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
1280 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
1281 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
1282
1283 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
1284 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
1285 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
1286
1287 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
1288 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
1289 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
1290 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
1291 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
1292 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
1293 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
1294 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
1295 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
1296 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
1297 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
1298 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
1299 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
1300 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
1301 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
1302 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
1303 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
1304 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
1305 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
1306 from.
1307
1308 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
1309 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
1310 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
1311 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
1312
1313 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
1314 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
1315 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
1316 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
1317
1318 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
1319 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
1320 hibernates again.
1321
1322 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
1323 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
1324
1325 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
1326 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
1327 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
1328
1329 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
1330 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
1331 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
1332 was not configurable and set to 512.
1333
1334 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
1335 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
1336 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
1337 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
1338 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
1339 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
1340 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
1341 in particular su and sudo.
1342
1343 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
1344 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
1345 synchronization has been received from the network. This
1346 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
1347 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
1348 services.
1349
1350 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
1351 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
1352 files should work for hibernation now.
1353
1354 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
1355 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
1356 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
1357 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
1358 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
1359 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
1360 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
1361 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
1362 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
1363 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
1364 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
1365 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
1366 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
1367 name following the last dash.
1368
1369 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
1370 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
1371 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
1372 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
1373 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
1374
1375 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
1376 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
1377 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
1378 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
1379 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
1380 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
1381
1382 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
1383 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
1384 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
1385 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
1386
1387 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
1388 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
1389 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
1390 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
1391 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
1392
1393 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
1394 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
1395 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
1396 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
1397 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
1398 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
1399 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
1400 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
1401 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
1402 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
1403 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
1404 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
1405 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
1406
1407 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
1408 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
1409 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
1410 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
1411 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
1412 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
1413 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
1414 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
1415 settings.
1416
1417 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
1418 expiration feature, if it is available.
1419
1420 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
1421 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
1422 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
1423
1424 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
1425 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
1426
1427 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
1428
1429 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
1430 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
1431
1432 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
1433 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
1434 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
1435 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
1436 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
1437 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
1438 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
1439 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
1440 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
1441 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
1442 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
1443
1444 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
1445 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
1446 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
1447 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
1448
1449 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
1450 about its state.
1451
1452 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
1453 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
1454 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
1455 "timedatectl set-ntp".
1456
1457 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
1458 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
1459 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
1460 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
1461 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
1462 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
1463 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
1464 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
1465 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
1466 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
1467 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
1468
1469 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
1470 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
1471
1472 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
1473 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
1474 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
1475 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
1476 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
1477 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
1478
1479 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
1480 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
1481 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
1482 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
1483 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
1484 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
1485 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
1486
1487 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
1488 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
1489 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
1490 shown.)
1491
1492 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
1493 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
1494 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
1495 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
1496 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
1497 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
1498 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
1499 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
1500 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
1501
1502 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
1503 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
1504 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
1505
1506 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
1507 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
1508 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
1509 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
1510 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
1511 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
1512 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
1513 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
1514
1515 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
1516
1517 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
1518 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
1519 automatically when the system clock changed.)
1520
1521 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
1522 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
1523
1524 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
1525 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
1526 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
1527
1528 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
1529
1530 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
1531
1532 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
1533 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
1534
1535 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
1536 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
1537 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
1538 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
1539 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
1540 external user databases.
1541
1542 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
1543 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
1544 refused due to the enforced limits.
1545
1546 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
1547 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
1548 manages.
1549
1550 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
1551 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
1552 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
1553 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
1554 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
1555 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
1556 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
1557 where this is now used by default.
1558
1559 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
1560 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
1561
1562 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
1563 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
1564 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
1565 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
1566 update process in a generic way.
1567
1568 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
1569
1570 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
1571 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
1572 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
1573 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
1574 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
1575 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
1576 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
1577 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
1578 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
1579 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
1580 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
1581 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
1582 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
1583 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
1584 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
1585 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
1586 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
1587 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
1588 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
1589 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
1590 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
1591 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
1592 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
1593 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
1594 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
1595 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
1596 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
1597 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
1598 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1599
1600 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
1601
1602 CHANGES WITH 238:
1603
1604 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
1605 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
1606 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
1607 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
1608 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
1609 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
1610 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
1611 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
1612 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
1613 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
1614 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
1615 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
1616 to revert this change.
1617
1618 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
1619 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
1620 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
1621 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
1622 once at the end of the transaction.
1623
1624 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
1625 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
1626 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
1627 scripts.
1628
1629 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
1630 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
1631 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
1632 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
1633 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
1634 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
1635 still allowing local admin overrides.
1636
1637 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
1638 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
1639 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
1640
1641 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
1642 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
1643 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
1644 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
1645 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
1646
1647 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
1648 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
1649 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
1650 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
1651 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
1652 from package installation scripts.
1653
1654 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
1655 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
1656 without the user number ("u username -:456").
1657
1658 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
1659 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
1660
1661 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
1662 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
1663 /sbin/nologin for other users).
1664
1665 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
1666 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
1667 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
1668 --systemd, --user, or --global).
1669
1670 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
1671 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
1672 which are triggered meanwhile).
1673
1674 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
1675 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
1676 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
1677 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
1678 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
1679
1680 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
1681 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
1682 rotated very quickly.
1683
1684 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
1685 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
1686 pending bus messages.
1687
1688 * systemd gained a new
1689 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
1690 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
1691 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
1692 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
1693 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
1694 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
1695 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
1696 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
1697 session scope.
1698
1699 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
1700 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
1701 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
1702 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
1703 the tree to be accessed.
1704
1705 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
1706 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
1707 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
1708
1709 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
1710 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
1711 to keys in the main keyring.
1712
1713 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
1714
1715 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
1716 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
1717
1718 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
1719
1720 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
1721 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
1722 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
1723 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
1724 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
1725 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
1726 explicitly.
1727
1728 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
1729 the colour of "OK" status messages.
1730
1731 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
1732 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
1733 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
1734 be restarted.
1735
1736 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
1737 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
1738
1739 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
1740 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
1741 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
1742 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1743 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1744 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1745 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1746 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1747 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1748 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1749 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1750 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1751 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1752 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1753 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1754 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1755
1756 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1757
1758 CHANGES WITH 237:
1759
1760 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1761 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1762 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1763 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1764
1765 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1766 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1767 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1768 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1769 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1770 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1771 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
1772 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1773 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1774 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
1775
1776 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1777 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1778 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1779 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1780 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1781 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1782 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1783 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1784 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1785 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1786
1787 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1788 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1789 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1790 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1791 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1792 now provides explicit control.
1793
1794 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1795 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
1796 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1797 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1798 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1799 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1800 unit types that already supported transient operation.
1801
1802 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1803 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1804 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1805
1806 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1807 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1808
1809 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1810 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1811 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1812 versions.
1813
1814 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
1815 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
1816 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1817 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1818 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1819 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1820 understands RapidCommit=.
1821
1822 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1823 Delegation.
1824
1825 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1826 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1827 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1828 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1829 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1830 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1831 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1832 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1833 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1834
1835 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1836 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1837 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1838 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1839 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1840 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1841 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1842 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
1843 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
1844 "Disconnected" signals).
1845
1846 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1847 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1848 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1849 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1850 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1851 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1852 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1853 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1854 round-trips are removed.
1855
1856 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1857 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1858 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1859 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1860
1861 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1862 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1863 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1864 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1865 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1866 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1867
1868 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
1869 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
1870 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
1871 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
1872 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
1873 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
1874 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
1875 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
1876 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
1877 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
1878
1879 * sd-event gained a new call pair
1880 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
1881 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
1882 when the event source is destroyed.
1883
1884 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
1885 connections.
1886
1887 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
1888 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
1889 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
1890 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
1891 new transitional flag file has been added: if
1892 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
1893 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
1894
1895 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
1896 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
1897 manager.
1898
1899 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
1900 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
1901 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
1902 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
1903 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
1904
1905 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
1906 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
1907 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
1908 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
1909 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
1910 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
1911
1912 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
1913 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
1914 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
1915 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
1916 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
1917 level/target is given as an argument.
1918
1919 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
1920 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
1921 where UID and GID do not match.
1922
1923 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
1924 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
1925 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
1926 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
1927 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1928 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
1929 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
1930 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
1931 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
1932 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
1933 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
1934 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
1935 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
1936 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
1937 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
1938 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
1939 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
1940 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
1941 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
1942 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
1943 Палаузов
1944
1945 — Brno, 2018-01-28
1946
1947 CHANGES WITH 236:
1948
1949 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
1950 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
1951 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
1952 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
1953
1954 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
1955 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
1956 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
1957 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
1958 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
1959 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
1960 valid specifiers today.)
1961
1962 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
1963 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
1964 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
1965 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
1966 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
1967 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
1968
1969 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
1970 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
1971 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
1972 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
1973
1974 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
1975 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
1976 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
1977 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
1978 services are resolved properly.
1979
1980 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
1981 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
1982 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
1983 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
1984 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
1985 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
1986 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
1987 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
1988 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
1989 and btrfs.
1990
1991 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
1992 DNS server and domain information.
1993
1994 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
1995 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
1996 runtime.
1997
1998 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
1999 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
2000 empty for the first time.
2001
2002 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
2003 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
2004 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
2005 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
2006 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
2007 running in the user session.
2008
2009 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
2010 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
2011 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
2012 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
2013 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
2014 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
2015 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
2016 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
2017 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
2018 user instance).
2019
2020 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
2021 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
2022
2023 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
2024 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
2025 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
2026 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
2027
2028 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
2029 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
2030
2031 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
2032 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
2033 sleep verbs.
2034
2035 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
2036
2037 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
2038 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
2039
2040 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
2041
2042 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
2043 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
2044 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
2045
2046 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
2047 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
2048 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
2049 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
2050 instance.
2051
2052 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
2053 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
2054 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
2055
2056 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
2057 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
2058 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
2059
2060 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
2061
2062 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
2063 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
2064 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
2065 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
2066 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
2067 processes.
2068
2069 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
2070 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
2071 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
2072 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
2073
2074 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
2075 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
2076 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
2077
2078 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
2079 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
2080 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
2081 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
2082 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
2083
2084 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
2085 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
2086
2087 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
2088 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
2089 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
2090 time the specified expression would elapse.
2091
2092 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
2093 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
2094 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
2095 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
2096 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
2097 types, not just services.
2098
2099 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
2100 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
2101 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
2102 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
2103
2104 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
2105 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
2106 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
2107 interface for this purpose.
2108
2109 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
2110 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
2111 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
2112 anyway.
2113
2114 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
2115 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
2116 requirements of systemd.
2117
2118 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
2119 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
2120 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
2121
2122 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
2123 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
2124 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
2125 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
2126
2127 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
2128 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
2129 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
2130 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
2131
2132 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
2133 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
2134
2135 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
2136 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
2137 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
2138 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
2139 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
2140 managing software supports (such as pppd).
2141
2142 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
2143 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
2144 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
2145
2146 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
2147 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
2148 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
2149 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
2150 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
2151 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
2152 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
2153 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
2154 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
2155 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
2156 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
2157 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
2158 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
2159 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
2160 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
2161 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
2162 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
2163 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2164 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
2165 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
2166 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2167 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2168 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2169
2170 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
2171
2172 CHANGES WITH 235:
2173
2174 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
2175 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
2176 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
2177 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
2178 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2179 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
2180 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
2181 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
2182 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
2183 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
2184 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
2185 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
2186 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
2187 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
2188 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
2189 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
2190 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
2191 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
2192 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
2193 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
2194 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
2195 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
2196 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
2197 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
2198 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
2199 IPAddressDeny= see below.
2200
2201 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
2202 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
2203 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
2204 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
2205 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
2206 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
2207 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
2208 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
2209
2210 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
2211 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
2212 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
2213 used to change those values.
2214
2215 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
2216 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
2217 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
2218 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
2219 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
2220 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
2221
2222 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
2223 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
2224 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
2225 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
2226
2227 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
2228 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
2229 one top-level directory.
2230
2231 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2232 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
2233 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
2234 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
2235 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
2236 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
2237 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
2238 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
2239 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
2240 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
2241 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
2242 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
2243 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
2244 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
2245 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
2246
2247 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
2248 Meson-only.
2249
2250 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
2251 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
2252 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
2253 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
2254 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
2255 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
2256 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
2257 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
2258 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
2259 acceptable to us.
2260
2261 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
2262 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
2263 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
2264 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
2265 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
2266 requested at build time.
2267
2268 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
2269 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
2270 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
2271 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
2272 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
2273 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
2274 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
2275 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
2276 Type= setting which permits configuring
2277 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
2278
2279 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
2280 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
2281 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
2282 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
2283 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
2284 local frames between bridge ports.
2285
2286 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
2287 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
2288 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
2289
2290 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
2291 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
2292
2293 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
2294 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
2295 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
2296 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
2297
2298 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
2299 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
2300 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
2301 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
2302 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
2303 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
2304 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
2305 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
2306
2307 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
2308 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
2309 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
2310 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
2311 command.)
2312
2313 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
2314 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
2315 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
2316
2317 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
2318 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
2319 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
2320 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
2321
2322 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
2323 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
2324 configured, except for the credentials applied by
2325 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
2326 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
2327 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
2328 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
2329 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
2330 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
2331 on systems where this is not supported.
2332
2333 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
2334 sockets.
2335
2336 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
2337 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
2338 during runtime.
2339
2340 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
2341 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
2342 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
2343
2344 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
2345 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
2346 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
2347
2348 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
2349 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
2350 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
2351 Following this logic, two new special targets
2352 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
2353 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
2354 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
2355
2356 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
2357 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
2358 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
2359 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
2360
2361 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
2362 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
2363 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
2364 --wait".
2365
2366 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
2367 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
2368 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
2369 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
2370 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
2371 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
2372 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
2373 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
2374 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
2375
2376 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
2377 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
2378 containing information about the consumed resources of this
2379 invocation.
2380
2381 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
2382 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
2383 processes.
2384
2385 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
2386 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
2387 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
2388 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
2389 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
2390 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
2391 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
2392 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
2393 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
2394 systems for all five operations.
2395
2396 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
2397 the system.
2398
2399 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
2400 than UTC or the local timezone.
2401
2402 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
2403 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
2404 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
2405 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
2406 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
2407 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
2408 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
2409 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
2410
2411 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
2412 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
2413 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
2414 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
2415 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
2416 again.
2417
2418 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
2419 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
2420 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
2421
2422 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
2423 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
2424 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
2425 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
2426 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
2427 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
2428 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
2429 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
2430 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
2431 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
2432 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
2433 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
2434 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
2435 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
2436 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
2437 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
2438 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
2439 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
2440 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
2441 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2442
2443 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
2444
2445 CHANGES WITH 234:
2446
2447 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
2448 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
2449 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
2450 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
2451 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
2452 summary:
2453
2454 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
2455
2456 becomes:
2457
2458 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
2459
2460 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
2461 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
2462 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
2463 .device units.
2464
2465 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
2466 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
2467 running a systemd user instance.
2468
2469 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
2470 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
2471 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
2472 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
2473 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
2474 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
2475
2476 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
2477
2478 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
2479 (domain search list).
2480
2481 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
2482 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
2483 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
2484 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
2485 implementation of RA.
2486
2487 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
2488 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
2489 ISO date values.
2490
2491 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
2492 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
2493 devices.
2494
2495 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
2496 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
2497 option.
2498
2499 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
2500 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
2501 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
2502 default yet.
2503
2504 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
2505 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
2506 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
2507 SHA256SUMS files.
2508
2509 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
2510 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
2511
2512 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
2513
2514 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
2515
2516 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
2517 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
2518
2519 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
2520 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
2521 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
2522 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
2523
2524 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
2525 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
2526 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
2527 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
2528 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
2529 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
2530 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
2531 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
2532 systemd-logind to be safe. See
2533 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
2534
2535 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
2536 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
2537 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
2538 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
2539 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
2540 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
2541 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
2542 after all the plugins exit.
2543
2544 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
2545 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
2546 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
2547 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
2548 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
2549 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
2550 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
2551 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2552 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
2553 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
2554 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
2555 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
2556 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
2557 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
2558 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
2559 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2560 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
2561 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
2562 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
2563 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
2564 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
2565 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
2566 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
2567 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
2568 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
2569 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
2570 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
2571 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
2572 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
2573 Георгиевски
2574
2575 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
2576
2577 CHANGES WITH 233:
2578
2579 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
2580 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
2581 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
2582 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
2583 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
2584 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
2585 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
2586 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
2587 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
2588
2589 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
2590 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
2591 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
2592 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
2593 default selected on the configure command line
2594 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
2595 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
2596 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
2597 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
2598 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
2599 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
2600 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
2601 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
2602 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
2603 greatest stability and compatibility only.
2604
2605 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
2606 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
2607 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
2608 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
2609 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
2610 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
2611 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
2612 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
2613 further details about this.)
2614
2615 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
2616 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
2617 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
2618
2619 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
2620 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
2621
2622 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
2623 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
2624 with 'make install-tests'.
2625
2626 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
2627 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
2628 kernel.
2629
2630 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
2631 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
2632 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
2633 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
2634 by the Slice= option.
2635
2636 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
2637 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
2638 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
2639 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
2640
2641 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
2642 following choices:
2643
2644 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
2645 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2646 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
2647 (h)elp
2648 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
2649 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2650 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
2651 (y)es, execute the command
2652
2653 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
2654 because its meaning was confusing.
2655
2656 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
2657 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
2658
2659 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
2660 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
2661 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
2662
2663 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
2664 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
2665 state directly, without executing these commands.
2666
2667 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
2668 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
2669 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
2670
2671 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
2672 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
2673 combination with After=) have been started.
2674
2675 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
2676 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
2677 setting, and which system calls they contain.
2678
2679 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
2680 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
2681 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
2682 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
2683 configuration related calls.
2684
2685 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
2686 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
2687 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
2688 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
2689 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
2690 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
2691 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
2692
2693 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
2694 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
2695
2696 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
2697 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
2698 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
2699
2700 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
2701 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
2702
2703 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
2704 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
2705 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
2706 for compatibility.
2707
2708 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
2709 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
2710
2711 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
2712 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
2713
2714 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
2715 support for negative matching.
2716
2717 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
2718
2719 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
2720 permitted runtime of the mount command.
2721
2722 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
2723 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
2724 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
2725 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
2726 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
2727 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
2728 removed from the drive.
2729
2730 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
2731 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
2732
2733 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
2734 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
2735
2736 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
2737 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
2738 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
2739
2740 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
2741 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
2742 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
2743 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
2744 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2745 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2746 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
2747
2748 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2749 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2750 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
2751 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
2752 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2753 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2754
2755 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2756 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2757
2758 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2759 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
2760 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
2761 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
2762 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2763 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2764 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2765 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2766
2767 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2768 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2769 including all control processes.
2770
2771 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2772 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2773 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2774
2775 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2776 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2777 prefixing the source path with "+".
2778
2779 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2780 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2781 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2782 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2783 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2784 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2785 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2786 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2787
2788 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2789 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2790 before).
2791
2792 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2793 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2794 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2795 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2796 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2797 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2798 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2799
2800 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2801 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2802 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2803 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2804 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2805 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2806 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
2807 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
2808 versions.
2809
2810 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
2811 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
2812 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2813 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2814 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2815 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2816 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2817 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2818 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2819 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2820 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2821 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2822 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2823 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2824 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2825 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2826 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2827 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2828 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2829 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2830 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2831
2832 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2833 accelerometer quirks.
2834
2835 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2836 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2837 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2838 ID of each service.
2839
2840 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2841 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2842 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2843 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2844 view.
2845
2846 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2847 environment variables:
2848
2849 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
2850
2851 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2852 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2853 address.
2854
2855 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2856 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2857 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2858
2859 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
2860 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2861 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2862 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2863 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
2864 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
2865 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2866 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
2867 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2868 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
2869 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
2870 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
2871 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
2872
2873 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
2874 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
2875 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
2876
2877 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
2878 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
2879
2880 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
2881 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
2882 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
2883 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
2884 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
2885
2886 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
2887 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
2888 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
2889
2890 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
2891 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
2892
2893 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
2894 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
2895 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
2896 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
2897
2898 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
2899 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
2900 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
2901 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
2902 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
2903 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
2904 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
2905 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
2906 possibly even including full integrity data.
2907
2908 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
2909 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
2910 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
2911 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
2912 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
2913
2914 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
2915 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
2916 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
2917 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
2918 directly with systemd-nspawn.
2919
2920 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
2921 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
2922 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
2923 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
2924
2925 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
2926 of coredumps in reverse order.
2927
2928 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
2929 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
2930 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
2931 additional informational message in its output.
2932
2933 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
2934 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
2935 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
2936
2937 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
2938 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
2939 scripting languages such as Python.
2940
2941 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
2942 namespacing is enabled for them.
2943
2944 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
2945 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
2946 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
2947 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
2948 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
2949 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
2950
2951 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
2952 root key (KSK).
2953
2954 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
2955 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
2956 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
2957
2958 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
2959 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
2960 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
2961 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
2962 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
2963 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
2964 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
2965 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
2966 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
2967 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
2968 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
2969 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
2970 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
2971 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
2972 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
2973 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
2974 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
2975 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
2976 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
2977 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
2978 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
2979 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
2980 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
2981 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
2982 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
2983 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
2984 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
2985 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
2986 Тихонов
2987
2988 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
2989
2990 CHANGES WITH 232:
2991
2992 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
2993 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
2994 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
2995 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
2996 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
2997 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
2998
2999 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
3000 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
3001
3002 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
3003 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
3004 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
3005
3006 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
3007 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
3008 to be remounted read-only for a service.
3009
3010 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
3011 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
3012 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
3013 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
3014
3015 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
3016 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
3017
3018 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
3019 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
3020 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
3021
3022 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
3023 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
3024 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
3025 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
3026 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
3027 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
3028 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
3029 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
3030 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
3031 permanent modifications to the system.
3032
3033 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
3034 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
3035 container or chroot environments.
3036
3037 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
3038 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
3039 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
3040 mapped to nobody.
3041
3042 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
3043 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
3044 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
3045 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
3046
3047 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
3048 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
3049
3050 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
3051 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
3052 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
3053 and the support is provisional.
3054
3055 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
3056 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
3057 unit files in the file system).
3058
3059 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
3060 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
3061 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
3062 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
3063 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
3064 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
3065 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
3066 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
3067 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
3068 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
3069 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
3070 state is fixed automatically.
3071
3072 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
3073 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
3074 option.
3075
3076 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
3077 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
3078 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
3079 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
3080 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
3081 else.
3082
3083 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
3084 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
3085 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
3086 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
3087 bootable on physical systems.
3088
3089 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
3090
3091 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
3092 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
3093 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
3094 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
3095 used.
3096
3097 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
3098 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
3099 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
3100 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
3101
3102 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
3103
3104 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
3105 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
3106 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
3107 of the container).
3108
3109 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
3110 files from the specified location.
3111
3112 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
3113 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
3114 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
3115 be active.
3116
3117 * The hardware database has been extended to support
3118 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
3119 trackball devices.
3120
3121 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
3122 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
3123 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
3124
3125 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
3126 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
3127 specified service binary exited.)
3128
3129 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
3130 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
3131
3132 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
3133 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
3134 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
3135 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
3136 --since= and --until= options.
3137
3138 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
3139 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
3140 are automatically propagated to the container.
3141
3142 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
3143 from a single IP address can be limited with
3144 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
3145 MaxConnections=.
3146
3147 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
3148 configuration.
3149
3150 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
3151 drop-ins.
3152
3153 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
3154 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
3155 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
3156 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
3157 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
3158 [Link] section of .link files.
3159
3160 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
3161 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
3162 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
3163 section of .netdev files.
3164
3165 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
3166 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
3167 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
3168
3169 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
3170 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
3171 .network files.
3172
3173 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
3174 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
3175 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
3176 service runtime cycle.
3177
3178 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
3179 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
3180 has been traditionally doing.
3181
3182 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
3183 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
3184 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
3185 prevent any later plugins from running.
3186
3187 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
3188 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
3189 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
3190 default of SplitMode=uid.
3191
3192 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
3193 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
3194 useful.
3195
3196 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
3197 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
3198 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
3199 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
3200 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
3201 individual namespaces.
3202
3203 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
3204 the output, as well as OS release information.
3205
3206 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
3207
3208 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
3209 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
3210 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
3211 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
3212 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
3213
3214 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
3215 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
3216 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
3217 severed.
3218
3219 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
3220 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
3221 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
3222 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
3223 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
3224 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
3225 information about exit statuses and results.
3226
3227 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
3228 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
3229 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
3230 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
3231 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
3232 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
3233
3234 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
3235
3236 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
3237 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
3238 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
3239 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
3240 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
3241 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
3242 entirely.
3243
3244 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
3245 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
3246 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
3247
3248 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
3249 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
3250 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
3251 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
3252 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
3253 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
3254 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
3255 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
3256 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
3257 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
3258 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
3259 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
3260 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
3261 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
3262 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
3263 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
3264 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
3265
3266 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
3267 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
3268 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
3269 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
3270
3271 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
3272 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
3273 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
3274 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
3275
3276 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
3277 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
3278 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
3279 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
3280 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
3281 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
3282 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
3283 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
3284 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
3285 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
3286 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
3287 fragment entirely.)
3288
3289 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
3290 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
3291 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
3292
3293 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
3294 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
3295 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
3296 FileDescriptorName= setting.
3297
3298 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
3299 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
3300 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
3301 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
3302 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
3303 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
3304
3305 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
3306 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
3307
3308 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
3309 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
3310
3311 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
3312 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
3313 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
3314 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
3315 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
3316
3317 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
3318 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
3319 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
3320 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3321 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
3322 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
3323 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
3324 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
3325 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
3326 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
3327 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
3328 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
3329 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
3330 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
3331 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3332 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
3333 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
3334 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
3335 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
3336 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
3337 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
3338 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
3339 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
3340 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
3341 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3342 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3343
3344 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
3345
3346 CHANGES WITH 231:
3347
3348 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
3349 with an additional special character as first argument of the
3350 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
3351 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
3352 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
3353 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
3354 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
3355 independently.
3356
3357 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
3358 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
3359
3360 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
3361 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
3362 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
3363 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
3364 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
3365 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
3366 values.
3367
3368 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
3369 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
3370 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
3371 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
3372 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
3373
3374 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
3375 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
3376 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
3377 7:10am every day.
3378
3379 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
3380 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
3381 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
3382 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
3383 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
3384 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
3385 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
3386 available for compatibility.
3387
3388 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
3389 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
3390 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
3391 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
3392 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
3393 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
3394
3395 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
3396 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
3397 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
3398 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
3399 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
3400 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
3401 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
3402 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
3403 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
3404
3405 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
3406 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
3407 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
3408 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
3409 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
3410 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
3411 desired options.
3412
3413 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
3414 cgroup v2.
3415
3416 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
3417 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
3418 limited to subgroups of that group.
3419
3420 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
3421 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
3422 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
3423 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
3424 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
3425 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
3426 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
3427 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
3428
3429 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
3430 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
3431 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
3432 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
3433 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
3434 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
3435 own long-running services.
3436
3437 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
3438 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
3439 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
3440 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
3441
3442 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
3443 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
3444 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
3445 propagates this notification further to the service manager
3446 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
3447 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
3448 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
3449 primitives.
3450
3451 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
3452 "terminate".
3453
3454 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
3455 link-local IPv6 addresses.
3456
3457 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
3458 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
3459 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
3460 --flush-caches".
3461
3462 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
3463 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
3464 is shown.
3465
3466 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
3467 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
3468 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
3469 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
3470 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
3471 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
3472
3473 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
3474 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
3475 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
3476 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
3477 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
3478 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
3479 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
3480 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
3481 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
3482 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
3483 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
3484 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
3485 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
3486 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
3487 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
3488 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
3489 bus API instead.
3490
3491 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
3492 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
3493 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
3494 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
3495
3496 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
3497 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
3498 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
3499 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
3500
3501 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
3502 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
3503 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
3504
3505 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
3506 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
3507
3508 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
3509 interface configuration.
3510
3511 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
3512 specifying the --force switch.
3513
3514 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
3515 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
3516 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
3517
3518 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
3519 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
3520 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
3521 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
3522 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
3523 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
3524 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
3525 to be handled.
3526
3527 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
3528 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
3529
3530 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
3531 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
3532
3533 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
3534 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
3535 of persistent symlinks for that device.
3536
3537 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
3538 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
3539
3540 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
3541 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
3542 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
3543 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
3544 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
3545 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
3546 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
3547 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
3548 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
3549 library.
3550
3551 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
3552 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
3553 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
3554 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
3555 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
3556 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
3557 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
3558 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
3559 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
3560 doc/HACKING for details.
3561
3562 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
3563 distribution's bugtracker.
3564
3565 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
3566 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
3567 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
3568 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
3569 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
3570 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
3571 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
3572 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
3573 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
3574 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
3575 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
3576 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
3577 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
3578 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
3579 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
3580 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
3581 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
3582 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
3583 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3584
3585 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
3586
3587 CHANGES WITH 230:
3588
3589 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
3590 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
3591 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
3592 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
3593 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
3594 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
3595 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
3596 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
3597 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
3598 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
3599 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
3600 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
3601 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
3602 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
3603 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
3604 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
3605 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
3606 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
3607 applications.)
3608
3609 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
3610 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
3611 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
3612
3613 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
3614 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
3615 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
3616 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
3617 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
3618 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
3619 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
3620
3621 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
3622 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
3623 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
3624 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
3625 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
3626 command works for tmux.
3627
3628 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
3629 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
3630 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
3631 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
3632 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
3633 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
3634
3635 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
3636 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
3637
3638 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
3639 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
3640 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
3641
3642 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
3643
3644 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
3645 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
3646 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
3647 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
3648 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
3649
3650 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
3651 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
3652 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
3653 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
3654
3655 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
3656 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
3657 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
3658 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
3659 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
3660 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
3661
3662 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
3663 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
3664 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
3665
3666 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
3667 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
3668 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
3669 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
3670 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
3671 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
3672
3673 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
3674 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
3675 address.
3676
3677 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
3678 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
3679 should be emitted.
3680
3681 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
3682 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
3683 supported.
3684
3685 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
3686 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
3687 logging performance.
3688
3689 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3690 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
3691 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
3692 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
3693 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
3694 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
3695
3696 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
3697 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
3698 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
3699 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
3700
3701 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
3702 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
3703
3704 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
3705 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
3706 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
3707
3708 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
3709
3710 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
3711 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
3712 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
3713 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
3714
3715 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
3716 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
3717 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
3718 refuse to operate on such files.
3719
3720 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
3721 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
3722 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
3723
3724 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
3725 just hidden container images.
3726
3727 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
3728 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
3729
3730 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
3731 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
3732 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
3733 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
3734 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
3735 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
3736 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
3737 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
3738 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
3739 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
3740 been changed to use this functionality by default.
3741
3742 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
3743 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
3744 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3745 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3746 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3747 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3748 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3749 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3750 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3751 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3752 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3753 terminates.
3754
3755 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
3756 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3757 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3758 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3759
3760 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
3761 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3762 rate of the socket unit.
3763
3764 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3765 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3766 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3767 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3768 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3769
3770 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3771 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3772 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
3773 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
3774 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3775 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3776 with this.
3777
3778 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3779 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
3780
3781 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3782 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3783
3784 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3785 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3786 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3787 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3788 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3789
3790 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3791 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3792 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3793
3794 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3795 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3796 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3797 target is now included in early userspace.
3798
3799 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3800 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3801 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3802 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3803 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3804 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3805 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3806 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
3807 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3808 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
3809 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3810 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3811 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
3812 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3813 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3814 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
3815 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3816 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3817 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3818 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3819 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3820 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
3821 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3822 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3823 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3824 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3825
3826 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
3827
3828 CHANGES WITH 229:
3829
3830 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3831 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3832 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
3833 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3834 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3835 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3836 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3837 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3838 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3839 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3840 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3841 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3842 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
3843
3844 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
3845 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3846 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3847 /usr/bin.
3848
3849 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3850 devices.
3851
3852 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3853 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3854 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3855 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3856 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3857 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3858 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3859 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3860 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3861 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3862 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3863 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3864 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3865 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3866 this limit.
3867
3868 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
3869 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
3870 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
3871 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
3872 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
3873 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
3874 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
3875 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
3876
3877 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
3878 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
3879 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
3880 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
3881 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
3882 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
3883 and group at package installation time.
3884
3885 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
3886 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
3887 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
3888 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
3889 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
3890
3891 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
3892 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
3893 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
3894 supports it.
3895
3896 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
3897 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
3898
3899 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
3900 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
3901 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
3902 file is already initialized.
3903
3904 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
3905 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
3906 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
3907 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
3908 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
3909 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
3910 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
3911 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
3912 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
3913
3914 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
3915 working directory for the process started in the container.
3916
3917 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
3918 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
3919 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
3920 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
3921 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
3922
3923 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3924 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
3925 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
3926
3927 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
3928 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
3929 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
3930 sd_journal_restart_fields().
3931
3932 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
3933 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
3934 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
3935 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
3936 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
3937
3938 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
3939 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
3940 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
3941 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
3942
3943 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
3944 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
3945 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
3946 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
3947 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
3948 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
3949 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
3950 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
3951 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
3952 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
3953 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
3954 by PID 1.
3955
3956 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
3957 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
3958 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
3959 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
3960 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
3961 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
3962 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
3963 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
3964
3965 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
3966
3967 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
3968 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
3969 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
3970
3971 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
3972 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
3973 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
3974 recent kernels.
3975
3976 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
3977 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
3978
3979 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
3980 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
3981 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
3982 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
3983 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
3984 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
3985 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
3986 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
3987 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
3988 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
3989 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
3990 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
3991 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
3992
3993 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
3994 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
3995 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
3996 clusters or larger setups.
3997
3998 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
3999
4000 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
4001 sockets.
4002
4003 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
4004
4005 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
4006 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
4007 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
4008 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
4009 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
4010 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
4011
4012 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
4013 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
4014 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
4015
4016 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
4017 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
4018 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
4019 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
4020
4021 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
4022
4023 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
4024 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
4025 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
4026 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
4027 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
4028 maintain compatibility.
4029
4030 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
4031 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
4032 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
4033 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
4034 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
4035 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
4036 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
4037 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
4038 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
4039 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
4040 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
4041 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4042 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
4043 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
4044 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
4045 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
4046 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4047 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
4048 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4049
4050 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
4051
4052 CHANGES WITH 228:
4053
4054 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
4055 files are now also available as properties to set when
4056 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
4057 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
4058 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
4059 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
4060 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
4061 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
4062 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
4063
4064 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
4065 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
4066 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
4067
4068 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
4069 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
4070 created transiently.
4071
4072 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
4073 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
4074 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
4075 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
4076 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
4077 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
4078 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
4079 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
4080
4081 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
4082 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
4083 disk and sync the files, before returning.
4084
4085 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
4086 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
4087 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
4088 enabled.
4089
4090 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
4091 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
4092 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
4093 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
4094 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
4095 subvolumes.
4096
4097 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
4098 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
4099
4100 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
4101 individual indexes.
4102
4103 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
4104 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
4105 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
4106 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
4107 suffixes now.
4108
4109 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
4110 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
4111 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
4112 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
4113 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
4114 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
4115 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
4116 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
4117 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
4118 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
4119 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
4120 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
4121 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
4122 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
4123 number of processes or tasks each user may own
4124 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
4125 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
4126 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
4127 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
4128 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
4129 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
4130
4131 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
4132 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
4133 links between the host and the container.
4134
4135 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
4136 added that allows importing select environment variables
4137 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
4138 the service.
4139
4140 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
4141 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
4142 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
4143 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
4144 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
4145 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
4146 than until they first elapse.
4147
4148 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
4149 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
4150 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
4151 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
4152 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
4153 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
4154 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
4155 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
4156
4157 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
4158 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
4159 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
4160 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
4161 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
4162 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
4163 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
4164 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
4165 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
4166 journal and in coredump handling.
4167
4168 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
4169 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
4170 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
4171 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
4172 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
4173 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
4174 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
4175 software you package still references it, as this is a
4176 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
4177 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
4178
4179 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
4180
4181 Note that only util-linux versions built with
4182 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
4183
4184 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
4185 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
4186 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
4187
4188 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
4189 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
4190 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
4191 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
4192 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
4193 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
4194 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
4195 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
4196 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
4197 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
4198 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
4199 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
4200 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
4201 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
4202 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
4203 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
4204
4205 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
4206 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
4207 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
4208 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
4209 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
4210 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
4211 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
4212 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
4213 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
4214 surprises.
4215
4216 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
4217 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
4218 to the various user database fields of the user that the
4219 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
4220 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
4221 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
4222 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
4223 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
4224 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
4225 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
4226 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
4227 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
4228 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
4229 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
4230 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
4231 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
4232 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
4233 of PID 1 is the root user).
4234
4235 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
4236 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
4237 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4238 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
4239 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4240 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
4241 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4242 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
4243 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4244 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
4245 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
4246 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
4247 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4248 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
4249 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4250
4251 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
4252
4253 CHANGES WITH 227:
4254
4255 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
4256 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
4257 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
4258
4259 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
4260 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
4261 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
4262 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
4263 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
4264 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
4265
4266 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
4267 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
4268 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
4269 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
4270 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
4271
4272 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
4273 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
4274 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
4275 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
4276 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
4277 packets on unestablished sockets.
4278
4279 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
4280 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
4281 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
4282 automatically.
4283
4284 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
4285 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
4286 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
4287
4288 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
4289 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
4290 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
4291 for disk IO.
4292
4293 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
4294 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
4295 removed.
4296
4297 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
4298 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
4299 directory is set to the home directory of the user
4300 configured in User=.
4301
4302 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
4303 directory of the selected user by default.
4304
4305 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
4306 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
4307 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
4308 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
4309 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
4310 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
4311 compat reasons.
4312
4313 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
4314 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
4315 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
4316 units.
4317
4318 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
4319 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
4320 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
4321 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
4322 level.
4323
4324 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
4325 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
4326 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
4327 namespaces work correctly.
4328
4329 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
4330 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
4331 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
4332 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
4333 activation.
4334
4335 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
4336 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
4337 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
4338 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
4339 system instance in a container.
4340
4341 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
4342 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
4343 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
4344 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
4345 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
4346 connections.
4347
4348 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
4349 show the control groups within a certain container only.
4350
4351 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
4352 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
4353 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
4354 processes attached, or similar.
4355
4356 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
4357 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
4358 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
4359
4360 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
4361 specifiers like %i or %f.
4362
4363 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
4364 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
4365 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
4366 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
4367
4368 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
4369 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
4370 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
4371 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
4372 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
4373 descriptors using sd_notify().
4374
4375 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
4376
4377 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
4378 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
4379
4380 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
4381 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
4382
4383 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
4384 .network files.
4385
4386 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
4387 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
4388 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
4389 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
4390 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
4391 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
4392 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
4393 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
4394 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
4395 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
4396 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
4397 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
4398 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
4399 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
4400 gdm-autologin is used.
4401
4402 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
4403 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
4404 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
4405 next to the image file.
4406
4407 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
4408 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
4409 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
4410 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
4411
4412 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
4413 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
4414 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
4415 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
4416 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
4417 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
4418
4419 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
4420 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
4421 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
4422 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
4423 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
4424 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
4425 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
4426 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
4427 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
4428 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
4429 number of files in place.
4430
4431 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
4432 on kernels where that is supported.
4433
4434 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
4435
4436 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
4437 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
4438 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
4439 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4440 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
4441 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
4442 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
4443 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
4444 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
4445 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
4446 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4447 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4448 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
4449 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
4450 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
4451 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4452 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
4453 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
4454
4455 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
4456
4457 CHANGES WITH 226:
4458
4459 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
4460 new features:
4461
4462 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
4463 information. It may be enabled and configured via
4464 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
4465 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
4466 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
4467 is any) is propagated.
4468
4469 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
4470 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
4471 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
4472 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
4473 information is enabled between host and containers by
4474 default now: the container will change its local timezone
4475 to what the host has set.
4476
4477 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
4478 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
4479
4480 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
4481 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
4482 information back, even if the server loses state.
4483
4484 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
4485 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
4486 PoolSize=.
4487
4488 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
4489 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
4490 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
4491 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
4492
4493 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
4494 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
4495 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
4496 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
4497 'dbus-daemon' systems.
4498
4499 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
4500 for virtio devices.
4501
4502 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
4503 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
4504 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
4505 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
4506 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
4507 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
4508 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
4509 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
4510 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
4511 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
4512 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
4513 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
4514 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
4515 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
4516 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
4517 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
4518 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
4519 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
4520 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
4521 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
4522 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
4523 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
4524 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
4525 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
4526 grants them.
4527
4528 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
4529 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
4530 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
4531 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
4532 group tree.
4533
4534 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
4535 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
4536 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
4537 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
4538 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
4539 work correctly in containers now.
4540
4541 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
4542 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
4543
4544 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
4545 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
4546 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
4547 function call is particularly useful when implementing
4548 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
4549
4550 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
4551 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
4552 signal events.
4553
4554 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
4555 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
4556 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
4557 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
4558
4559 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
4560 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
4561 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
4562 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
4563 nspawn command line.
4564
4565 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
4566 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
4567 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
4568 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
4569 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
4570 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
4571 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4572 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
4573
4574 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
4575
4576 CHANGES WITH 225:
4577
4578 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
4579 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
4580 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
4581 shell directly without prompting for username or
4582 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
4583 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
4584 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
4585 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
4586 the originating session.
4587
4588 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
4589 options and allows other programs to query the values.
4590
4591 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
4592 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
4593 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
4594 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
4595 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
4596 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
4597 probably not stabilize on this release.
4598
4599 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
4600 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
4601 messages.
4602
4603 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
4604 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
4605 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
4606
4607 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
4608 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
4609
4610 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
4611 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
4612 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
4613 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
4614 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
4615 posteriori.
4616
4617 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
4618 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
4619
4620 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
4621 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
4622 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
4623 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
4624 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
4625 "lastlog" tools.
4626
4627 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
4628 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
4629 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
4630 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
4631 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
4632
4633 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
4634 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
4635 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
4636 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4637 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
4638 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
4639 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
4640 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
4641 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
4642 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
4643 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
4644 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4645
4646 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
4647
4648 CHANGES WITH 224:
4649
4650 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
4651 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
4652
4653 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
4654 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
4655 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
4656
4657 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
4658 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4659 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
4660
4661 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
4662
4663 CHANGES WITH 223:
4664
4665 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
4666 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
4667 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
4668 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4669
4670 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
4671 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
4672
4673 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
4674 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
4675
4676 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
4677
4678 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
4679 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
4680 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
4681
4682 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
4683 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
4684 decapsulated packet.
4685
4686 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
4687 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
4688 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
4689 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
4690 netlink attribute.
4691
4692 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
4693 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
4694 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
4695 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
4696
4697 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
4698 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
4699 according to RFC2460.
4700
4701 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
4702 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
4703
4704 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
4705 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
4706 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
4707
4708 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
4709 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
4710 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
4711 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
4712 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
4713 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
4714
4715 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
4716 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4717 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
4718 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4719 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4720 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
4721 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
4722 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
4723 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
4724 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4725
4726 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
4727
4728 CHANGES WITH 222:
4729
4730 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
4731 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
4732 or should be used to work around such bugs.
4733
4734 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
4735 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
4736
4737 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
4738 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
4739 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
4740 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
4741 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
4742
4743 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
4744 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4745 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4746
4747 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4748 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4749 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4750 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4751 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4752
4753 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4754
4755 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4756 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4757 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4758 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
4759 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4760 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4761 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4762 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
4763 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4764 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4765
4766 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
4767
4768 CHANGES WITH 221:
4769
4770 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
4771 stable and have been added to the official interface of
4772 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4773 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4774 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4775 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4776 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
4777 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
4778 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4779 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
4780 portable to other kernels.
4781
4782 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4783 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4784 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
4785 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
4786 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4787 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4788 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4789 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
4790 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
4791 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4792 systemd enabled.
4793
4794 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4795 2.26.
4796
4797 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
4798 favor of calling an abstraction tool
4799 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4800 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4801 in README for details.
4802
4803 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4804 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4805 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4806 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4807 unit.
4808
4809 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4810 into man pages.
4811
4812 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4813 external project.
4814
4815 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
4816 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
4817
4818 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4819 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4820 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4821 state.
4822
4823 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4824 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4825 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4826
4827 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4828 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4829 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4830 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4831 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4832 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4833 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4834 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4835 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4836 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4837 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
4838 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4839 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4840 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4841 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4842 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4843
4844 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
4845
4846 CHANGES WITH 220:
4847
4848 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4849 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4850 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4851 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4852 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4853 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4854 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
4855 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
4856
4857 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4858 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4859 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4860 service consumed). This value is only available if
4861 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4862 in the "systemctl status" output.
4863
4864 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4865 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
4866 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
4867 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4868 previously was already the default behaviour).
4869
4870 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
4871 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
4872 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
4873
4874 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
4875 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
4876 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
4877 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
4878
4879 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
4880 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
4881 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
4882 journalling file systems that support external journal
4883 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
4884 systems to be mounted.
4885
4886 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
4887 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
4888 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
4889 stable release this should not be problematic.
4890
4891 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
4892 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
4893 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
4894 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
4895 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
4896
4897 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
4898 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
4899 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
4900 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
4901 network switches.
4902
4903 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
4904 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
4905
4906 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
4907 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
4908 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
4909
4910 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
4911
4912 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
4913 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
4914 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
4915 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
4916 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
4917 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
4918 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
4919 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
4920 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
4921 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
4922 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
4923 been fixed in v220.
4924
4925 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
4926 systemd-networkd.
4927
4928 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
4929 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
4930 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
4931 containers started from the command line.
4932
4933 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
4934 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
4935
4936 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
4937 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
4938 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
4939 indirection via a pseudo tty.
4940
4941 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
4942 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
4943 when shutting down.
4944
4945 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
4946 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
4947 overlayfs support.
4948
4949 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
4950 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
4951 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
4952 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
4953 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
4954 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
4955 images are imported via systemd-importd.
4956
4957 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
4958 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
4959 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
4960
4961 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
4962 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
4963 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
4964 of v1 as before).
4965
4966 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
4967 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
4968
4969 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
4970 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
4971 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
4972 without further privileges or authorization.
4973
4974 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
4975 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
4976 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
4977 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
4978 accessible via a bus interface.
4979
4980 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
4981 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
4982 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
4983 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
4984 to cover this functionality.
4985
4986 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
4987 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
4988 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
4989 disabled/masked also stopped.
4990
4991 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
4992 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
4993 updated to support systemd-boot.
4994
4995 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
4996 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
4997 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
4998 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
4999 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
5000 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
5001 like this and can extract OS release information from them
5002 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
5003 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
5004
5005 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
5006 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
5007 system.
5008
5009 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
5010 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
5011 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
5012 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
5013 device symlinks.
5014
5015 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
5016 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
5017 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
5018 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
5019
5020 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
5021 stick devices has been added.
5022
5023 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
5024 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
5025
5026 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
5027 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
5028 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
5029 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
5030 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
5031
5032 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
5033 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
5034 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
5035
5036 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
5037 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
5038 Debian.
5039
5040 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
5041 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
5042 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
5043
5044 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
5045 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
5046 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
5047 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
5048 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
5049 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5050 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
5051 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5052 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
5053 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
5054 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5055 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
5056 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
5057 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
5058 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
5059 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
5060 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
5061 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5062 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
5063 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
5064 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
5065 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
5066 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
5067 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
5068 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
5069 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
5070 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5071
5072 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
5073
5074 CHANGES WITH 219:
5075
5076 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
5077 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
5078 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
5079 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
5080 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
5081 interface with and update the database.
5082
5083 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
5084 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
5085 before bytewise copying is done.
5086
5087 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
5088 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
5089 directory, and immediately removed when the container
5090 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
5091 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
5092 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
5093 for starting a container off the root file system of the
5094 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
5095 available on btrfs file systems.
5096
5097 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
5098 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
5099 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
5100 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
5101 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
5102 systems.
5103
5104 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
5105 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
5106 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
5107 mount point remains.
5108
5109 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
5110 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
5111 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
5112 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
5113 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
5114 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
5115 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
5116 are disabled.
5117
5118 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
5119 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
5120 container to the host or vice versa.
5121
5122 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
5123 mount host directories into local containers. This is
5124 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
5125
5126 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
5127 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
5128
5129 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
5130 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
5131 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
5132 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
5133 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
5134 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
5135 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
5136 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
5137 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
5138 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
5139 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
5140 make the functionality of importd available to the
5141 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
5142 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
5143 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
5144 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
5145 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
5146 only fully supported on btrfs.
5147
5148 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
5149 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
5150 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
5151 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
5152 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
5153 information about images.
5154
5155 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
5156 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
5157 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
5158 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
5159 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
5160 legacy file systems).
5161
5162 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
5163 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
5164 shown in networkctl output.
5165
5166 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
5167 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
5168 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
5169 processes as system services while interactively
5170 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
5171 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
5172 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
5173 full login session, the difference being that the former
5174 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
5175 setup.
5176
5177 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
5178 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
5179 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
5180 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
5181 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
5182
5183 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
5184 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
5185 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
5186 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
5187 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
5188 via qemu/kvm.
5189
5190 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
5191 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
5192 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
5193 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
5194 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
5195 disk images, too.
5196
5197 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
5198 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
5199 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
5200 integrate with that.
5201
5202 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
5203 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
5204 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
5205 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
5206
5207 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
5208 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
5209 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
5210
5211 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
5212 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
5213 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
5214 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
5215 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
5216 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
5217 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
5218 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
5219 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
5220 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
5221
5222 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
5223 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
5224 files.
5225
5226 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
5227 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
5228 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
5229 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
5230 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
5231 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
5232 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
5233 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
5234 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
5235 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
5236 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
5237 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
5238 explicitly turned on.
5239
5240 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
5241 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
5242 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
5243 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
5244
5245 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
5246 supported.
5247
5248 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
5249 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
5250 user/session following the status output. Similar,
5251 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
5252 associated with a virtual machine or container
5253 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
5254 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
5255 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
5256 output however.)
5257
5258 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
5259 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
5260 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
5261 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
5262 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
5263 caller's session/user.
5264
5265 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
5266 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
5267 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
5268 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
5269 user services.
5270
5271 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
5272 same way as unit files.
5273
5274 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
5275 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
5276 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
5277 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
5278 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
5279 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
5280 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
5281 the host.
5282
5283 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
5284 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
5285 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
5286 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
5287 the host as if their services were running directly on the
5288 host.
5289
5290 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
5291 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
5292 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
5293 updated to make use of it too by default.
5294
5295 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
5296 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
5297 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
5298 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
5299
5300 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
5301 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
5302 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
5303 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
5304 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
5305 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
5306 modification.
5307
5308 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
5309 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
5310 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
5311 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
5312 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
5313 information about Touchpad types.
5314
5315 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
5316 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
5317
5318 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
5319 Policy link field.
5320
5321 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
5322 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
5323
5324 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
5325 ACLs on files.
5326
5327 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
5328 tmpfs, automatically.
5329
5330 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
5331 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
5332 status" output, if available.
5333
5334 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
5335 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
5336 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
5337 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
5338 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
5339 run on next reboot.
5340
5341 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
5342 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
5343 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
5344 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
5345 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
5346 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
5347 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
5348
5349 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
5350 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
5351 after a configurable timeout.
5352
5353 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
5354 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
5355 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
5356 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
5357 it non-idle.
5358
5359 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
5360 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
5361
5362 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
5363 each .network interface in networkd.
5364
5365 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
5366 in .network files.
5367
5368 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
5369 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
5370
5371 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
5372 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
5373 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
5374 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
5375 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
5376 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
5377 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
5378 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
5379 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
5380 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
5381 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
5382 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5383 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
5384 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
5385 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
5386 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
5387 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
5388 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
5389 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
5390 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5391 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
5392 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
5393 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
5394 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5395
5396 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
5397
5398 CHANGES WITH 218:
5399
5400 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
5401 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
5402 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
5403 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
5404
5405 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
5406 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
5407 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
5408 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
5409 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
5410
5411 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
5412
5413 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
5414 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
5415 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
5416 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
5417 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
5418 modified configuration after editing.
5419
5420 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
5421 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
5422 system preset files.
5423
5424 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
5425 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
5426 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
5427 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
5428 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
5429 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
5430 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
5431 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
5432 other contexts.
5433
5434 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
5435 inhibitors.
5436
5437 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
5438 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
5439 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
5440 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
5441 managers.
5442
5443 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
5444 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
5445 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
5446 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
5447 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
5448 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
5449 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
5450 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
5451 parallel to journald.
5452
5453 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
5454 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
5455 available.
5456
5457 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
5458 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
5459 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
5460 or are not older than the specified time.
5461
5462 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
5463 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
5464 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
5465 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
5466
5467 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
5468 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
5469 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
5470 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
5471 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
5472 communication.
5473
5474 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
5475 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
5476 services.
5477
5478 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
5479 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
5480 including their signature and values. This is particularly
5481 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
5482 the new "busctl tree" command.
5483
5484 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
5485 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
5486 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
5487 friendly way.
5488
5489 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
5490 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
5491 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
5492 race-ful way.
5493
5494 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
5495 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
5496 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
5497 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
5498 --link-journal=try-guest.
5499
5500 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
5501 stable MAC addresses.
5502
5503 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
5504 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
5505 the respective unit shall use.
5506
5507 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
5508 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
5509 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
5510 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
5511
5512 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
5513 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
5514 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
5515 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
5516 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
5517 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
5518
5519 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
5520 details see:
5521
5522 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
5523
5524 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
5525 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
5526 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
5527 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
5528 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
5529 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
5530 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
5531 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
5532 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
5533 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
5534 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
5535 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
5536
5537 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
5538 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
5539 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
5540 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
5541 bluetooth, ...) is used.
5542
5543 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
5544 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
5545 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
5546 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
5547 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
5548 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
5549 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
5550 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
5551
5552 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
5553 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
5554 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
5555 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
5556 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
5557 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
5558 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
5559 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
5560 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
5561 interface.
5562
5563 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
5564 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
5565 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
5566 luks.name= argument.
5567
5568 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
5569 (this was previously already available for scope and service
5570 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
5571 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
5572 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
5573 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
5574
5575 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
5576 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
5577 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
5578
5579 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
5580 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
5581 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5582 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
5583 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
5584 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
5585 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
5586 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5587 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
5588 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
5589 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
5590 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
5591 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
5592 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
5593 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
5594 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5595 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
5596 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5597
5598 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
5599
5600 CHANGES WITH 217:
5601
5602 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
5603 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
5604 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
5605 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
5606
5607 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
5608 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
5609 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
5610 now waits until the operation is complete.
5611
5612 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
5613 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
5614 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
5615 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
5616 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
5617 connection.
5618
5619 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
5620 commands anymore.
5621
5622 * User units are now loaded also from
5623 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
5624 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
5625 supported, but is under the control of the user.
5626
5627 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
5628 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
5629 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
5630 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
5631 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
5632 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
5633 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
5634 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
5635 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
5636 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
5637 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
5638 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
5639 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
5640 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
5641 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
5642 question.
5643
5644 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
5645 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
5646 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
5647
5648 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
5649 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
5650 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
5651 command line to trigger resume.
5652
5653 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
5654 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
5655 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
5656 Desktop=systemd-console.
5657
5658 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
5659 systemd-networkd.
5660
5661 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
5662 from the information provided by the networking stack
5663 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
5664
5665 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
5666 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
5667
5668 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
5669 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
5670 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
5671
5672 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
5673
5674 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
5675 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
5676 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
5677 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
5678 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
5679 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
5680
5681 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
5682 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
5683 respected.
5684
5685 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
5686 virtualization.
5687
5688 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
5689 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
5690 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
5691 on.
5692
5693 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
5694
5695 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
5696
5697 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
5698 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
5699 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
5700 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
5701 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
5702 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
5703 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
5704
5705 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
5706 available for service units, that allows locking all service
5707 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
5708 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
5709 from the service's view entirely.
5710
5711 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
5712 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
5713
5714 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
5715 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
5716 session.
5717
5718 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
5719 legacy-free systems.
5720
5721 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
5722 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
5723 easily.
5724
5725 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
5726 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
5727 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
5728 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
5729 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
5730 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
5731 option.
5732
5733 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
5734 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
5735 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
5736 /usr.
5737
5738 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
5739 services, not only the main process.
5740
5741 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
5742 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
5743 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
5744 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5745 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5746
5747 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5748 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5749 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5750 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5751 directly from now on, again.
5752
5753 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
5754 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5755 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5756 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5757 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5758 enabling and disabling.
5759
5760 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5761 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5762 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5763 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5764 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5765 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5766 unnecessary or unlikely.
5767
5768 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5769 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
5770 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
5771 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5772
5773 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5774 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5775 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5776 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5777 overwritten at runtime.
5778
5779 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5780 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5781 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5782 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5783 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5784 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5785 segmentation fault.
5786
5787 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5788 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5789 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5790 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5791 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5792 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5793 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5794 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5795 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5796 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5797 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5798 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5799 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5800 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5801 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5802 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5803 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5804 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5805 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5806 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5807 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
5808 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5809
5810 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
5811
5812 CHANGES WITH 216:
5813
5814 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
5815 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
5816 implementations should add a
5817
5818 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
5819
5820 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5821 default functionality.
5822
5823 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5824 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5825 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5826 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5827 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5828 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5829 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5830 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5831 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5832 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5833 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5834 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5835 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5836
5837 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5838 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5839 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5840 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5841 added eventually, too.
5842
5843 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5844 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5845 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5846 new command to update these fields.
5847
5848 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5849 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5850 have been discovered via DHCP.
5851
5852 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5853 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
5854 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5855 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
5856 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5857 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5858 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5859 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5860 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
5861 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5862 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5863 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
5864 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
5865 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5866 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5867 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5868 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
5869 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
5870 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
5871 implementation to systemd-resolved.
5872
5873 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
5874 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
5875 containers to their respective IP addresses.
5876
5877 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
5878 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
5879 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5880 and present it to the user in a very friendly
5881 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
5882 control utility for networkd.
5883
5884 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
5885 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
5886 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
5887 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
5888 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
5889 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
5890 (NoDelay=).
5891
5892 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
5893 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
5894
5895 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
5896 be started only after time-sync.target has been
5897 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
5898 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
5899 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
5900 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
5901
5902 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
5903 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
5904 of the link.
5905
5906 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
5907 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
5908
5909 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
5910 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
5911
5912 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
5913 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
5914 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
5915 for DHCP.
5916
5917 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
5918 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
5919 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
5920 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
5921 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
5922 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
5923 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
5924 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
5925
5926 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
5927 validation of unit files.
5928
5929 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
5930 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
5931 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
5932 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
5933 address may now be configured.
5934
5935 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
5936 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
5937 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
5938 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
5939
5940 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
5941 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
5942
5943 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
5944 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
5945 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
5946 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
5947
5948 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
5949 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
5950 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
5951 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
5952 implementation.
5953
5954 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
5955 journal data to a remote system running
5956 systemd-journal-remote.
5957
5958 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
5959 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
5960 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
5961 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
5962 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5963 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
5964 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
5965 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
5966 version, you have to turn this option on again
5967 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
5968
5969 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
5970 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
5971 better than XZ which was the previous default.
5972
5973 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
5974 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
5975
5976 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
5977 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
5978
5979 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
5980 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
5981 "systemctl status" output for a service.
5982
5983 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
5984 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
5985 hostname, root password) interactively on first
5986 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
5987 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
5988
5989 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
5990
5991 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
5992
5993 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
5994 when primary addresses are removed.
5995
5996 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
5997 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
5998 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
5999 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
6000 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
6001 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
6002 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6003 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6004 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
6005 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
6006 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
6007 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
6008 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
6009 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
6010 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6011
6012 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
6013
6014 CHANGES WITH 215:
6015
6016 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
6017 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
6018 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
6019 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
6020 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
6021 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
6022 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
6023 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
6024 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
6025 require.
6026
6027 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
6028 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
6029
6030 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
6031 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
6032 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
6033 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
6034 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
6035 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
6036 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
6037
6038 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
6039 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
6040 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
6041 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
6042 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
6043 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
6044 update or reset should use this condition and order
6045 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
6046 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
6047 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
6048 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
6049 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
6050 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
6051 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
6052 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
6053 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
6054
6055 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
6056
6057 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
6058 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
6059 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
6060 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
6061
6062 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
6063 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
6064 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
6065 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
6066 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
6067 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
6068 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
6069 .network files using settings of this section should be
6070 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
6071 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
6072
6073 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
6074 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
6075
6076 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
6077 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
6078 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
6079 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
6080 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
6081 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
6082 of nspawn instances.
6083
6084 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
6085 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
6086 added.
6087
6088 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
6089 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
6090 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
6091 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
6092 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
6093 configuration stored in /etc.
6094
6095 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
6096 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
6097 parsing of unknown mount options.
6098
6099 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
6100 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
6101 it already exist and not already be the correct
6102 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
6103 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
6104 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
6105 pre-existing files of different types.
6106
6107 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
6108 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
6109 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
6110 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
6111 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
6112 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
6113 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
6114
6115 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
6116 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
6117 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
6118 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
6119 shall be executed.
6120
6121 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
6122 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
6123 example whether it is fully up and running.
6124
6125 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
6126 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
6127 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
6128 reset.
6129
6130 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
6131 most basic services systemd ships by default.
6132
6133 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
6134 field for defining the default instance to create if a
6135 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
6136
6137 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
6138 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
6139 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
6140
6141 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
6142 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
6143 access to this group.
6144
6145 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
6146 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
6147 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
6148 to the journal.
6149
6150 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
6151 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
6152 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
6153 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
6154 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
6155 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
6156
6157 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
6158 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
6159 that makes sure to only show information about the most
6160 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
6161 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
6162 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
6163 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
6164 the old name to the new name.
6165
6166 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
6167 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
6168 coredumpctl without restrictions.
6169
6170 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
6171 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
6172 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
6173 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
6174 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
6175 "systemd-debug-generator".
6176
6177 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
6178 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
6179 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
6180 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
6181 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
6182 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
6183 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
6184 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
6185 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
6186 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
6187 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
6188
6189 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
6190 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
6191 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
6192 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
6193 been added to query many of these paths for the local
6194 machine and user.
6195
6196 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
6197 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
6198 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
6199 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
6200 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
6201
6202 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
6203 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
6204 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
6205 couple of drop-in directories.
6206
6207 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
6208 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
6209 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
6210 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
6211 for dev_port.
6212
6213 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
6214 container (read from /etc/os-release and
6215 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
6216 "machinectl status" for a machine.
6217
6218 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
6219 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
6220 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
6221 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
6222 Restart= setting.
6223
6224 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
6225 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
6226 directly connect to a specific container on the
6227 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
6228 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
6229 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
6230 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
6231 containers is a privileged operation.
6232
6233 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
6234 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
6235 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
6236 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
6237 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6238 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
6239 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
6240 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
6241 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
6242 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
6243 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
6244 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6245
6246 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
6247
6248 CHANGES WITH 214:
6249
6250 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
6251 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
6252 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
6253 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
6254 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
6255 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
6256 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
6257 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
6258 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
6259 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
6260 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
6261 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
6262 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
6263 devices are excluded from this logic.
6264
6265 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
6266 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
6267 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
6268 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
6269 change has been released.
6270
6271 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
6272 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
6273 libattr is thus unnecessary.
6274
6275 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
6276 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
6277 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
6278 with fewer privileges.
6279
6280 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
6281 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
6282 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
6283 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
6284
6285 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
6286 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
6287
6288 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
6289 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
6290
6291 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
6292 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
6293 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
6294
6295 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
6296 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
6297 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
6298 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
6299 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
6300 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
6301
6302 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
6303 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
6304 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
6305
6306 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
6307 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
6308 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
6309 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
6310 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
6311 modifications of user data or system files from
6312 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
6313 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
6314
6315 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
6316 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
6317 and FIFOs in the file system.
6318
6319 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
6320 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
6321 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
6322
6323 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
6324 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
6325 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
6326 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
6327 the socket itself.
6328
6329 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
6330 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
6331 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
6332 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
6333 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
6334 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
6335 symlinks, and nothing else.
6336
6337 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
6338 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
6339 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
6340 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
6341 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
6342 process (for example, the parent process). The
6343 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
6344 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
6345 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
6346 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
6347 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
6348 messages to services when the originating process already
6349 vanished.
6350
6351 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
6352 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
6353 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
6354 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
6355 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
6356 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
6357 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
6358 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
6359 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
6360 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
6361 all long-running services.
6362
6363 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
6364 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
6365 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
6366 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
6367 service.
6368
6369 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
6370 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
6371 applied to all submounts, too.
6372
6373 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
6374
6375 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
6376 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
6377 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
6378 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
6379 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
6380 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
6381 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
6382
6383 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
6384 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
6385 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
6386 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
6387 (domU) domains.
6388
6389 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
6390 files or entire directories.
6391
6392 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
6393 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
6394 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
6395 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
6396 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
6397
6398 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
6399 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
6400 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
6401 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
6402 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
6403 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
6404 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
6405 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
6406 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
6407 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
6408 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
6409 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
6410
6411 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
6412 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
6413 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
6414 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
6415
6416 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
6417 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
6418 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
6419 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
6420 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
6421 non-directories.
6422
6423 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
6424 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
6425 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
6426
6427 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
6428 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
6429 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
6430 this group.
6431
6432 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
6433 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
6434 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
6435 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
6436 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6437 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
6438 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6439
6440 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
6441
6442 CHANGES WITH 213:
6443
6444 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
6445 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6446 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
6447 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6448 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
6449 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
6450 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6451 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
6452 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6453 client should be more than appropriate for most
6454 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
6455 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
6456 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
6457 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
6458 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
6459 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6460 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
6461 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
6462 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
6463 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
6464 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6465
6466 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
6467 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6468 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
6469 part of a different namespace.
6470
6471 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
6472 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
6473 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
6474 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6475
6476 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
6477 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
6478 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6479
6480 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
6481 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
6482 when a service fails. This works similarly to
6483 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6484 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
6485 restart the service in question.
6486
6487 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
6488 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
6489 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
6490 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
6491 details when running non-locally.
6492
6493 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
6494 graphs it generates.
6495
6496 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
6497 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
6498 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
6499 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
6500 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
6501
6502 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
6503
6504 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
6505 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
6506 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
6507 what it was on SysV systems.
6508
6509 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
6510 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
6511
6512 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
6513 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
6514 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
6515 files.
6516
6517 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
6518 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
6519 to show these addresses in its output.
6520
6521 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
6522 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
6523 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
6524 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
6525 preferred over a text one.
6526
6527 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
6528 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
6529 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
6530 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
6531 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
6532 mDNS cache.
6533
6534 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
6535 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
6536 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
6537 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
6538 of network configuration performed in some other way.
6539
6540 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
6541 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6542 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
6543 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6544 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
6545
6546 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
6547 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
6548 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
6549 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
6550 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
6551 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
6552 overrides any other settings.
6553
6554 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6555 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6556 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
6557 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
6558 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
6559 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
6560 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
6561 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
6562 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6563 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6564 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
6565 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
6566 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
6567 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
6568 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
6569 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6570 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6571
6572 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6573
6574 CHANGES WITH 212:
6575
6576 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
6577 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
6578 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
6579 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
6580 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
6581 by accident.
6582
6583 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
6584 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
6585 registered with machined.
6586
6587 * sd-login gained new calls
6588 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
6589 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
6590 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
6591 counterparts.
6592
6593 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
6594 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
6595 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
6596 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
6597 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
6598 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
6599 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
6600 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
6601 once.
6602
6603 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
6604 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
6605 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
6606
6607 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
6608 units on all local containers, when used with the
6609 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
6610 executed when no parameters are specified).
6611
6612 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
6613 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
6614 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
6615 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
6616
6617 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
6618 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
6619 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
6620 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
6621 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
6622 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
6623
6624 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
6625 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
6626 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
6627 of the container.
6628
6629 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
6630 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
6631 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
6632 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
6633 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
6634 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
6635 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
6636 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
6637
6638 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
6639 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
6640 instead of /.
6641
6642 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
6643 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
6644 emergency messages now.
6645
6646 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
6647 journal log messages across the network.
6648
6649 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
6650 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
6651 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
6652 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
6653 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
6654 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
6655 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
6656
6657 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
6658 down a local OS container.
6659
6660 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
6661 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
6662 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
6663
6664 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
6665 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
6666 this is appropriate.
6667
6668 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
6669 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
6670 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
6671
6672 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
6673 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
6674 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
6675 for debugging purposes.
6676
6677 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
6678 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
6679 in seconds.
6680
6681 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
6682 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
6683 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
6684 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
6685 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
6686 like on traditional inetd.
6687
6688 * A new system.conf configuration option
6689 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
6690 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
6691
6692 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
6693 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
6694 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
6695 do these days).
6696
6697 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
6698 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
6699 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
6700 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
6701 could not take place because the system was powered off.
6702 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
6703
6704 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
6705 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
6706 it will be triggered.
6707
6708 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
6709 addresses to its local interfaces.
6710
6711 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
6712 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
6713 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
6714 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
6715 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
6716 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
6717 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
6718 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
6719 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6720
6721 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
6722
6723 CHANGES WITH 211:
6724
6725 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
6726 added to restrict which socket address families unit
6727 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
6728 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
6729 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
6730 is built on seccomp system call filters.
6731
6732 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
6733 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
6734 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
6735 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
6736 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
6737 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
6738 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
6739 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
6740 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
6741
6742 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
6743 matching against device group names.
6744
6745 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6746 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6747 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6748 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
6749 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
6750 though.
6751
6752 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6753 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6754 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
6755 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
6756 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6757 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
6758 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6759 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
6760 systems prepared appropriately.
6761
6762 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6763 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6764 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6765 (see above). This means that installations made with
6766 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6767 deployed using container managers, completely
6768 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6769 this feature soon, too.)
6770
6771 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6772 set up a private macvlan interface for the
6773 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
6774 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6775
6776 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6777 using IPv4LL.
6778
6779 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6780 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6781 systemd-networkd.
6782
6783 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6784 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6785 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6786 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6787 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6788
6789 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6790 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6791 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
6792 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
6793 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6794 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6795 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6796 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6797 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6798 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6799 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
6800 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
6801 users.
6802
6803 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6804 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6805 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6806 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6807 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6808 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6809 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6810 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6811 due to a closed lid.
6812
6813 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6814 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6815 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6816 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
6817 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
6818 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6819
6820 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6821 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6822 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6823 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6824 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6825
6826 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6827 now also work in --scope mode.
6828
6829 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6830 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6831 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6832 promises are made.)
6833
6834 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6835 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6836 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6837 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6838 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6839 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6840 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6841 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6842 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6843 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6844
6845 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
6846
6847 CHANGES WITH 210:
6848
6849 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6850 according to SMACK rules.
6851
6852 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
6853 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6854
6855 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6856 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6857 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6858
6859 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6860 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6861 and machine ID.
6862
6863 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
6864 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
6865 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
6866 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6867 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
6868 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
6869 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
6870 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
6871 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
6872 backpack or similar.
6873
6874 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
6875 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
6876 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
6877 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
6878 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
6879 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
6880 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
6881 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
6882 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
6883 this on its own.
6884
6885 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
6886 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
6887 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
6888 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
6889
6890 * We will now ship a default .network file for
6891 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
6892 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
6893 --network-bridge= switches.
6894
6895 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
6896 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
6897 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
6898 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
6899 metrics, according to what is customary according to
6900 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
6901 each configuration option.
6902
6903 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
6904 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
6905 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
6906 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
6907 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
6908
6909 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
6910 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
6911 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
6912 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
6913 triggered by other work being done in the program.
6914
6915 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
6916 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
6917 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
6918 default however.
6919
6920 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
6921 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
6922 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
6923 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
6924 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
6925 them with systemd-networkd.
6926
6927 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
6928 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
6929 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
6930 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
6931 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
6932 is drastically increased, but given that these are
6933 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
6934 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
6935 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
6936 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
6937 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
6938 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
6939 during a transitional period!
6940
6941 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
6942 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
6943
6944 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
6945 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6946 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
6947 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
6948 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6949 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6950 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6951 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6952
6953 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
6954
6955 CHANGES WITH 209:
6956
6957 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
6958 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
6959 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
6960 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
6961 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
6962 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
6963 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
6964 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
6965 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
6966 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
6967 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
6968 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
6969
6970 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
6971 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
6972 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
6973 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
6974 machines and the like.
6975
6976 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
6977 shutdown/boot.
6978
6979 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
6980 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
6981
6982 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
6983 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
6984 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
6985 prepared for additional security frameworks.
6986
6987 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
6988 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
6989 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
6990 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
6991 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
6992 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
6993
6994 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
6995 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
6996 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
6997 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
6998 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
6999 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
7000 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
7001 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
7002 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
7003
7004 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
7005 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
7006
7007 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
7008 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
7009 implementation.
7010
7011 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
7012 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
7013 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
7014 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
7015 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
7016 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
7017 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
7018 and .service units.
7019
7020 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
7021 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
7022 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
7023
7024 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
7025 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
7026 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
7027 nothing makes use of it.
7028
7029 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
7030 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
7031 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
7032
7033 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
7034 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
7035 compatibility purposes.
7036
7037 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
7038 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
7039 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
7040 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
7041 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
7042 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
7043 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
7044 process handling.
7045
7046 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
7047 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
7048 style to "sd-bus.h".
7049
7050 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
7051 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
7052 "systemd-networkd".
7053
7054 * There is a new kernel command line option
7055 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
7056 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
7057 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
7058 are not restored.
7059
7060 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
7061 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
7062 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
7063 PID1's support for that anymore.
7064
7065 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
7066 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
7067
7068 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
7069 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
7070 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
7071 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
7072 container that is registered with machined, such as those
7073 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
7074
7075 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
7076 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
7077 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
7078 onto remote systems.
7079
7080 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
7081 login in any local container. This works with any container
7082 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
7083 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
7084
7085 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
7086 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
7087 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
7088 system of some kind.
7089
7090 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
7091 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
7092 next.
7093
7094 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
7095 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
7096 reboot() system call.
7097
7098 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
7099 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
7100 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
7101 still available but not advertised anymore.
7102
7103 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
7104 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
7105 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
7106 within each Unit.
7107
7108 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
7109 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
7110 the kernel).
7111
7112 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
7113 timestamps (following the setting in
7114 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
7115
7116 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
7117 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
7118
7119 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
7120 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
7121
7122 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
7123 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
7124 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
7125
7126 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
7127 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
7128 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
7129 the full configuration is shown.
7130
7131 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
7132 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
7133 those commands which take multiple unit names.
7134
7135 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
7136
7137 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
7138 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
7139
7140 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
7141 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
7142 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
7143 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
7144
7145 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
7146 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
7147 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
7148 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
7149
7150 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
7151 of the legend text.
7152
7153 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
7154 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
7155 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
7156 remote sessions.
7157
7158 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
7159 information of SDIO devices.
7160
7161 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
7162 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
7163 the system manager.
7164
7165 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
7166 short description of the connection parameters in the
7167 description.
7168
7169 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
7170 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
7171 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
7172 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
7173 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
7174 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
7175 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
7176
7177 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
7178 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
7179 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
7180 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
7181 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
7182 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
7183 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
7184 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
7185 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
7186
7187 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
7188 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
7189 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
7190 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
7191 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
7192 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
7193 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
7194 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
7195 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
7196 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
7197 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
7198 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
7199 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
7200 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
7201 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
7202 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
7203 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
7204 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
7205 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
7206 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
7207 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
7208 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
7209 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
7210
7211 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
7212 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
7213 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
7214 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
7215 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
7216 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
7217 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
7218 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
7219 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
7220 that you are aware of the instability of the current
7221 APIs.
7222
7223 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
7224 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
7225 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
7226 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
7227 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
7228 declare the APIs stable.
7229
7230 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
7231 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
7232 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
7233 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
7234 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
7235 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
7236 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
7237 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
7238 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
7239 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
7240 one of them is updated.
7241
7242 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
7243 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
7244 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
7245 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
7246 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
7247
7248 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
7249 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
7250 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
7251 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
7252 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
7253 entry points.
7254
7255 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
7256 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
7257 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
7258 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
7259 been disabled at compile-time.
7260
7261 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
7262 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
7263 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
7264 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
7265
7266 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
7267 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
7268 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
7269
7270 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
7271 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
7272 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
7273
7274 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
7275 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
7276 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
7277
7278 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
7279 remains until jobs expire.
7280
7281 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
7282 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
7283 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
7284 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
7285 all remaining processes of the service.
7286
7287 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
7288 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
7289 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
7290 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
7291 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
7292 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
7293 manager process which created them takes no further
7294 responsibilities for it.
7295
7296 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
7297 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
7298 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
7299 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
7300 marked executable or world-writable.
7301
7302 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
7303 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
7304 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
7305 "--setenv=" for consistency.
7306
7307 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
7308 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
7309 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
7310 independent of the host.
7311
7312 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
7313 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
7314 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
7315 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
7316
7317 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
7318 with specific SELinux labels set.
7319
7320 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
7321 any additional output but the container's own console
7322 output.
7323
7324 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
7325 container without PID namespacing enabled.
7326
7327 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
7328 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
7329 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
7330 OS images, but only specific apps.
7331
7332 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
7333 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
7334 results in registration of the unit service itself in
7335 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
7336
7337 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
7338 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
7339 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
7340 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
7341 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
7342 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
7343
7344 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
7345 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
7346 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
7347 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
7348 units to use.
7349
7350 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
7351 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
7352 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
7353 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
7354
7355 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
7356 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
7357 context for a service.
7358
7359 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
7360 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
7361 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
7362 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
7363 influence this logic.
7364
7365 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
7366 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
7367 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
7368 other things.
7369
7370 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
7371 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
7372 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
7373 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
7374 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
7375 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
7376 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
7377 architectures). There is also a global
7378 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
7379 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
7380
7381 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
7382 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
7383
7384 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
7385 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
7386 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7387 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
7388 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
7389 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
7390 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
7391 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
7392 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7393 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
7394 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
7395 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7396 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7397 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
7398 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7399 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
7400 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
7401 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
7402 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
7403 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
7404 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7405 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
7406 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
7407 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7408
7409 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
7410
7411 CHANGES WITH 208:
7412
7413 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
7414 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
7415 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
7416 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
7417 access input and drm devices which are normally
7418 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
7419 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
7420 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
7421 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
7422 session switching without allowing background sessions to
7423 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
7424 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
7425 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
7426
7427 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
7428 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
7429 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
7430
7431 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
7432 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
7433 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
7434 kernel version number.
7435
7436 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
7437 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
7438 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
7439
7440 * This release removes high-level support for the
7441 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
7442 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
7443 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
7444 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
7445
7446 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
7447 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
7448 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
7449 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
7450 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
7451 cgroup system.
7452
7453 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
7454 messages containing the slice a message was generated
7455 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
7456 logs among other things.
7457
7458 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
7459 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
7460 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
7461 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
7462 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
7463 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
7464 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
7465 journald which would be necessary to resolve
7466 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
7467 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
7468 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
7469 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
7470 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
7471 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
7472 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
7473 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
7474 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
7475 not delayed until next reboot.
7476
7477 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
7478 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
7479 systemd generated files in one directory.
7480
7481 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
7482 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
7483 performance information if that's available to determine how
7484 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
7485 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
7486 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
7487
7488 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
7489 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
7490 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
7491 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7492 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
7493 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
7494 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7495
7496 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
7497
7498 CHANGES WITH 207:
7499
7500 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
7501 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
7502 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
7503 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
7504
7505 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
7506 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
7507 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
7508 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
7509 specified on the kernel command line less important.
7510
7511 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
7512 retrieve the VT number of a session.
7513
7514 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
7515 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
7516 maximum number of tries.
7517
7518 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
7519 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
7520 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
7521
7522 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
7523 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
7524
7525 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
7526 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
7527 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
7528
7529 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
7530 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
7531 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
7532
7533 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
7534 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
7535 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
7536 and type).
7537
7538 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
7539 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
7540
7541 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
7542 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
7543 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
7544 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
7545
7546 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
7547 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
7548 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
7549 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
7550 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
7551 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
7552 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
7553 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
7554
7555 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
7556 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
7557 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
7558 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
7559
7560 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
7561 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
7562 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
7563 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
7564 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
7565 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
7566 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
7567
7568 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
7569 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
7570
7571 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
7572 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
7573 automatically after the process terminated.
7574
7575 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
7576 certain paths from operation.
7577
7578 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
7579 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
7580 is received.
7581
7582 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
7583 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
7584 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
7585 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
7586 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
7587 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
7588 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7589 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
7590 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7591 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
7592 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7593 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
7594 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7595
7596 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
7597
7598 CHANGES WITH 206:
7599
7600 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
7601 concepts introduced with 205.
7602
7603 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
7604 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
7605 -r".
7606
7607 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
7608 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
7609 --state= parameter.
7610
7611 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
7612 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
7613 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
7614 the journal.
7615
7616 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
7617 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
7618 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
7619
7620 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
7621 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
7622 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
7623 browsing logs from that point on.
7624
7625 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
7626 of an FSS key.
7627
7628 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
7629 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
7630 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
7631 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
7632 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
7633 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
7634 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
7635 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
7636 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
7637 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
7638 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
7639 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
7640 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
7641 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
7642
7643 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
7644 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
7645 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
7646 backing module right-away.
7647
7648 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
7649 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
7650
7651 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
7652 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
7653
7654 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
7655 set of processes in the message metadata.
7656
7657 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
7658
7659 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
7660 support for passing performance data via environment
7661 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
7662 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
7663 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
7664 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
7665 deserialize it again.
7666
7667 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
7668 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
7669 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
7670 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
7671
7672 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
7673 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
7674 completely silent shutdown when used.
7675
7676 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
7677 option in .socket units.
7678
7679 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
7680 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
7681 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
7682 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
7683 system.slice as before.
7684
7685 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
7686
7687 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
7688 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
7689 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7690 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
7691 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
7692 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
7693 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7694
7695 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
7696
7697 CHANGES WITH 205:
7698
7699 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
7700
7701 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
7702 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
7703 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
7704 possible for system services and applications to group their
7705 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
7706 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
7707 together, or apply resource limits on them.
7708
7709 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
7710 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
7711 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
7712 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
7713 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
7714
7715 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
7716 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
7717 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
7718 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
7719
7720 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
7721 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
7722 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
7723 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
7724 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
7725 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
7726 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
7727 and useful as a general batch manager.
7728
7729 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
7730 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
7731 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
7732 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
7733 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
7734 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
7735 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
7736 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
7737 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
7738 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
7739
7740 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
7741 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
7742 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
7743 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
7744 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
7745 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
7746 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
7747 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7748 is compile-time optional.
7749
7750 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7751 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7752 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7753 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7754 well as slice units.
7755
7756 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7757 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7758 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7759 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7760 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7761 command that wraps this call.
7762
7763 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7764 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7765 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7766 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7767 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7768 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7769 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7770
7771 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7772 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7773 off audit.
7774
7775 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7776 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7777
7778 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
7779 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7780 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7781 and system logs.
7782
7783 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7784 snippets extending unit files.
7785
7786 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7787 not available as public API.
7788
7789 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
7790 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
7791 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7792
7793 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7794 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7795 controls what to boot into by default.
7796
7797 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7798 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7799
7800 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7801 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7802 about the unit file loading.
7803
7804 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7805 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7806 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7807 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7808 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7809 racy due to journal file rotation.
7810
7811 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7812 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7813 all services.
7814
7815 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7816 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7817 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7818 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7819 system services want to log events about specific client
7820 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7821 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7822 unit is requested.
7823
7824 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7825 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7826 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7827 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7828 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7829 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7830 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7831 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7832 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7833 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7834 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7835 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7836 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7837
7838 CHANGES WITH 204:
7839
7840 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7841 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7842
7843 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7844 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7845 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7846
7847 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7848 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7849
7850 CHANGES WITH 203:
7851
7852 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7853 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7854
7855 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7856 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7857 fields, including the root directory.
7858
7859 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7860 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
7861 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
7862 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7863 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7864 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7865 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7866 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7867 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7868 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
7869 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
7870
7871 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
7872 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
7873
7874 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
7875 have taken an inhibitor lock.
7876
7877 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
7878 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
7879 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
7880 the local hostname.
7881
7882 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
7883 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
7884 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
7885 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
7886 VMs/containers coming and going.
7887
7888 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
7889 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
7890 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
7891
7892 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
7893 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
7894 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
7895 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
7896
7897 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
7898 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
7899 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
7900
7901 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
7902 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
7903 services. With the container's root directory in
7904 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
7905 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
7906
7907 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
7908 the processes within a certain container.
7909
7910 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
7911 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
7912 check though. Patches welcome!
7913
7914 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
7915 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
7916 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
7917 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
7918 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
7919
7920 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
7921 the passed argument if applicable.
7922
7923 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7924 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7925 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
7926 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7927 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
7928 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
7929 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7930 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7931
7932 CHANGES WITH 202:
7933
7934 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
7935 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
7936 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
7937 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
7938 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
7939 units activate.
7940
7941 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
7942 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
7943 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
7944 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
7945 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
7946 for now, and not installable.
7947
7948 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
7949 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
7950 can run in conjunction with udev.
7951
7952 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
7953 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
7954 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
7955 session manager.
7956
7957 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
7958 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
7959 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
7960 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
7961 services, user processes and containers/virtual
7962 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
7963 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7964 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
7965 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
7966 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
7967 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
7968
7969 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
7970
7971 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
7972 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
7973 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
7974 logical expressions.
7975
7976 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
7977 switches.
7978
7979 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
7980 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7981 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
7982 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
7983 the user.
7984
7985 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
7986 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
7987 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
7988 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
7989 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
7990 an entry.
7991
7992 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
7993 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7994 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
7995 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7996 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
7997 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7998
7999 CHANGES WITH 201:
8000
8001 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
8002 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
8003 directory.
8004
8005 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
8006 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
8007 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
8008 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
8009 problem.
8010
8011 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
8012 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
8013 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
8014 before the key file is attempted to be read.
8015
8016 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
8017 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
8018
8019 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
8020 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
8021 files in this context are files such as
8022 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
8023
8024 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
8025 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
8026 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
8027 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
8028 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
8029 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
8030
8031 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
8032 hostnames.
8033
8034 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
8035 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
8036 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
8037 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
8038 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
8039 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
8040 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
8041 all time-related output of systemd.
8042
8043 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
8044 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
8045 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
8046 loops.
8047
8048 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
8049 (models, layouts, variants, options).
8050
8051 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
8052 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
8053 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
8054 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
8055 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
8056
8057 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
8058 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
8059 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
8060 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
8061 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
8062 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
8063 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
8064
8065 CHANGES WITH 200:
8066
8067 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
8068 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
8069 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
8070 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
8071 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
8072 middle ground between physical and access time order.
8073
8074 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
8075 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
8076 images.
8077
8078 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
8079 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
8080 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8081
8082 CHANGES WITH 199:
8083
8084 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
8085
8086 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
8087 security policy.
8088
8089 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8090 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
8091 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
8092 shared by all processes of a service (which means
8093 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
8094 the same service can still access). When a service is
8095 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
8096 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
8097 this though).
8098
8099 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
8100 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
8101 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
8102 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
8103 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
8104 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
8105
8106 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
8107 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
8108
8109 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
8110 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
8111
8112 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
8113
8114 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
8115 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
8116 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
8117 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
8118 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
8119
8120 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
8121 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
8122 system is to be mounted.
8123
8124 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
8125 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
8126 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
8127 purpose for socket units.
8128
8129 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
8130 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
8131
8132 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
8133 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
8134 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
8135 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
8136 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
8137
8138 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
8139 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
8140 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
8141 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8142 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
8143 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
8144 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8145 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8146 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8147
8148 CHANGES WITH 198:
8149
8150 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
8151 files without having to edit/override the unit files
8152 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
8153 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
8154 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
8155 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
8156 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
8157 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
8158 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
8159 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
8160 unit files locally: copying the files from
8161 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
8162 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
8163 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
8164 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
8165 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
8166 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
8167 for them too.
8168
8169 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
8170 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
8171 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
8172 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
8173 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
8174 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
8175 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
8176 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
8177 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
8178
8179 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
8180 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
8181
8182 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
8183 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
8184 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
8185 other users.
8186
8187 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
8188 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
8189 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
8190 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
8191 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
8192 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
8193 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
8194 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
8195 management logic is also available to other programs via the
8196 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
8197 supported.
8198
8199 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
8200 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
8201 the foreground VT.
8202
8203 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
8204 call.
8205
8206 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
8207 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
8208 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
8209 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
8210 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
8211 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
8212 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
8213 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
8214 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
8215 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
8216 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
8217 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
8218 also been removed.
8219
8220 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
8221 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
8222 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
8223 objects themselves.
8224
8225 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
8226
8227 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
8228 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
8229 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
8230 to how this is supported in shells.
8231
8232 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
8233 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
8234 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
8235 user systemd instance.
8236
8237 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
8238 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
8239 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
8240 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
8241 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
8242 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
8243 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
8244 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
8245 one day for good in the kernel.
8246
8247 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
8248 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
8249 container.
8250
8251 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
8252 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
8253 the host into the container.
8254
8255 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
8256 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
8257 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
8258 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
8259 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
8260 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
8261
8262 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
8263
8264 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
8265 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
8266 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
8267 configured to be mounted there.
8268
8269 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
8270 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
8271 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
8272 system resume events.
8273
8274 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
8275 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
8276 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
8277 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
8278
8279 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
8280 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
8281 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
8282 card).
8283
8284 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
8285 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
8286 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
8287
8288 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
8289 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
8290 later "change" event.
8291
8292 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
8293 now carry a message ID.
8294
8295 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
8296 continues to be work in progress.
8297
8298 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
8299 root directory to operate relative to.
8300
8301 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
8302 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
8303 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
8304 times a little.
8305
8306 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
8307 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
8308 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
8309 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
8310 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
8311 request boot into firmware operations.
8312
8313 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
8314 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
8315 correctly in initrds.
8316
8317 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
8318 compile time optional via a configure switch.
8319
8320 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
8321 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
8322
8323 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
8324 the status of all active or failed units.
8325
8326 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
8327 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
8328 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
8329 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
8330 requests more robust.
8331
8332 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
8333 reading journal files.
8334
8335 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
8336 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
8337
8338 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
8339
8340 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
8341 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
8342
8343 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
8344 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
8345 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
8346 socket activation in daemons.
8347
8348 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
8349 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
8350
8351 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
8352 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
8353 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
8354
8355 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
8356 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
8357 system units.
8358
8359 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
8360 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
8361 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
8362
8363 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
8364 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
8365 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
8366 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
8367 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
8368 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
8369 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
8370 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
8371 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
8372 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
8373 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
8374 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
8375 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
8376 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
8377 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
8378 package installation time.
8379
8380 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
8381 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
8382 scripts need to create these system user/group at
8383 installation time.
8384
8385 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
8386 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
8387
8388 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
8389
8390 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
8391 available.
8392
8393 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
8394 load SMACK policies at early boot.
8395
8396 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
8397 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
8398 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
8399 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
8400 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8401 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
8402 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
8403 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
8404 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
8405 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
8406 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
8407 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8408 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
8409 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
8410
8411 CHANGES WITH 197:
8412
8413 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
8414 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
8415 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
8416 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
8417 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
8418 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
8419 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
8420 the supported calendar time specification language see
8421 systemd.time(7).
8422
8423 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
8424 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
8425 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
8426 document for details:
8427
8428 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8429
8430 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
8431 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
8432 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8433 implementations around and minimal in its code and
8434 dependencies.
8435
8436 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
8437 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
8438 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
8439 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
8440 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
8441 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
8442 with a configure switch.
8443
8444 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
8445 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
8446 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
8447 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
8448 such as ext4.
8449
8450 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
8451 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
8452 identities are attached to the devices as well.
8453
8454 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
8455 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
8456
8457 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
8458 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
8459 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
8460 using only core OS tools.
8461
8462 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
8463 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
8464 implementation of socket activated nspawn
8465 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
8466 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
8467 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
8468 eventually.
8469
8470 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
8471 presenting log data.
8472
8473 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
8474 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8475
8476 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
8477 system on idle.
8478
8479 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
8480 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
8481 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
8482 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
8483 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
8484 information if possible.
8485
8486 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
8487 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
8488 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
8489
8490 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
8491 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
8492 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
8493 is running on battery power.
8494
8495 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
8496 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
8497 is in the "failed" state.
8498
8499 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
8500 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
8501 environment files at once.
8502
8503 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
8504 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
8505 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
8506 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
8507 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
8508 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
8509 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
8510 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
8511 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
8512 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
8513 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
8514 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
8515 pieces of code locally from the git history.
8516
8517 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
8518 log the unit name in the message meta data.
8519
8520 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
8521 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
8522
8523 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
8524 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
8525 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
8526 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
8527 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
8528 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8529 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
8530 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
8531 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
8532 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
8533 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
8534 shipped from us upstream.
8535
8536 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
8537 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
8538 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
8539 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
8540 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8541 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8542 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
8543 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
8544 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
8545 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
8546 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
8547 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
8548 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8549
8550 CHANGES WITH 196:
8551
8552 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
8553 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
8554 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
8555 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
8556 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
8557 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
8558 becoming the one central database for non-essential
8559 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
8560 database was only attached to select devices, since the
8561 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
8562 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
8563 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
8564 data for all devices where this is available, by
8565 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
8566 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
8567 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
8568 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
8569 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
8570 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
8571
8572 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
8573 indexed database to link up additional information with
8574 journal entries. For further details please check:
8575
8576 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
8577
8578 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
8579 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
8580 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
8581 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
8582 macro for this purpose.
8583
8584 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
8585 Python logging framework.
8586
8587 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
8588 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
8589 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
8590 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
8591 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
8592 time intervals.
8593
8594 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
8595 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
8596 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
8597
8598 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
8599 right-away on the selected coredump.
8600
8601 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
8602 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
8603 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
8604
8605 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
8606 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
8607 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
8608 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
8609
8610 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
8611 default.
8612
8613 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
8614 SMACK security label.
8615
8616 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
8617 daylight saving change.
8618
8619 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
8620 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
8621 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
8622 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
8623 distributions who still need support this to either continue
8624 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
8625 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
8626
8627 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
8628 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
8629 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
8630 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
8631 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
8632 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
8633 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
8634
8635 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
8636 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
8637
8638 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
8639 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
8640 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
8641 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
8642 offline updating tools.
8643
8644 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
8645 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
8646 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
8647 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
8648 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
8649 directories for packages to place various data files in.
8650
8651 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
8652 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
8653
8654 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
8655 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8656 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
8657 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8658 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
8659 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
8660 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
8661 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
8662 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8663
8664 CHANGES WITH 195:
8665
8666 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
8667 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
8668 units via --unit=/-u.
8669
8670 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
8671 right thing.
8672
8673 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
8674 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
8675 rotation.
8676
8677 * The journal will now index the available field values for
8678 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
8679 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
8680 completion of journalctl has been updated
8681 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
8682 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
8683
8684 * More service events are now written as structured messages
8685 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
8686
8687 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
8688 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
8689 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
8690 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
8691 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
8692 these settings from the command line now, especially since
8693 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
8694 completion.
8695
8696 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
8697 extract coredumps from the journal.
8698
8699 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
8700 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
8701 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
8702 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
8703 scratch their heads.
8704
8705 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
8706 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
8707
8708 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
8709 in immediate termination of systemd.
8710
8711 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
8712 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
8713
8714 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
8715 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
8716 mouse screen support has been added.
8717
8718 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
8719 Server-Sent-Events as output.
8720
8721 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
8722 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
8723 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
8724 "systemctl reload".
8725
8726 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
8727 -u" instead.
8728
8729 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
8730 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
8731 configured.
8732
8733 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
8734 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
8735
8736 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
8737 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
8738 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
8739 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
8740 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
8741 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
8742 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
8743
8744 CHANGES WITH 194:
8745
8746 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
8747 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8748 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8749 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8750 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8751 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8752 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8753 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8754 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8755 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8756 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8757 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8758
8759 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8760 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8761 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8762
8763 CHANGES WITH 193:
8764
8765 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8766 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8767
8768 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8769 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8770 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8771
8772 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8773 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8774 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8775 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8776 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8777 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8778 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8779
8780 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8781 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8782
8783 This will download the journal contents in a
8784 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8785
8786 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8787
8788 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8789 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8790 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8791 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8792 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8793
8794 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8795
8796 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8797 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8798
8799 CHANGES WITH 192:
8800
8801 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8802 too.
8803
8804 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
8805 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8806 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
8807 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
8808 just start them.
8809
8810 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8811 and line break accordingly.
8812
8813 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8814 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
8815
8816 CHANGES WITH 191:
8817
8818 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8819 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8820 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8821 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8822 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8823
8824 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8825 will default to 10 if omitted.
8826
8827 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8828 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8829 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8830 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
8831 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
8832
8833 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8834 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8835 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8836 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8837 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8838 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
8839 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
8840
8841 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8842 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
8843 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
8844 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
8845 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8846 into two.
8847
8848 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8849 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
8850
8851 CHANGES WITH 190:
8852
8853 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
8854 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8855 "systemctl status".
8856
8857 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8858 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8859 system to another place in the same file system could not be
8860 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8861 field.)
8862
8863 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8864 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8865 default.
8866
8867 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8868 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
8869 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
8870 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
8871 in a container.
8872
8873 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
8874 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
8875 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
8876 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
8877 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
8878 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
8879
8880 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
8881 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
8882 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
8883 no-op.
8884
8885 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
8886 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
8887 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
8888 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
8889 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
8890
8891 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
8892 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
8893
8894 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
8895 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
8896 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
8897 command.
8898
8899 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
8900 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
8901 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
8902
8903 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
8904
8905 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
8906 multiple files at once.
8907
8908 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
8909 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
8910 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
8911 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
8912 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
8913 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
8914 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
8915
8916 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
8917 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
8918 now support specifiers as well.
8919
8920 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
8921 dir: %_presetdir.
8922
8923 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
8924 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
8925
8926 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
8927 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
8928 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
8929 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
8930 anymore.
8931
8932 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
8933 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
8934 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
8935 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
8936
8937 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
8938 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
8939 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
8940
8941 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
8942 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
8943 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
8944 sockets.
8945
8946 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
8947 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
8948 is changed.
8949
8950 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
8951 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
8952 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
8953 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
8954 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
8955 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
8956 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
8957
8958 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
8959
8960 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
8961 the unit file label and client process label into account.
8962
8963 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
8964 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
8965
8966 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
8967 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
8968 (%b).
8969
8970 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
8971 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
8972 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8973 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8974 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
8975 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8976 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8977
8978 CHANGES WITH 189:
8979
8980 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
8981 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
8982
8983 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
8984 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
8985 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
8986 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
8987 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
8988 syslog daemons again.
8989
8990 * The libudev API gained the new
8991 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
8992
8993 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
8994 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
8995 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
8996 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
8997
8998 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
8999 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
9000 container.
9001
9002 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
9003 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
9004 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
9005 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
9006 this explaining it in more detail.
9007
9008 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
9009 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
9010 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
9011 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
9012
9013 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
9014 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
9015 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
9016 journal files.
9017
9018 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
9019 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
9020 as container init process a lot more fun.
9021
9022 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
9023 entries.
9024
9025 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
9026 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
9027 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
9028 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
9029 different sets of services.
9030
9031 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
9032 failure state.
9033
9034 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
9035 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
9036 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9037
9038 CHANGES WITH 188:
9039
9040 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
9041 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
9042 tree a lot more organized.
9043
9044 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
9045 may be used to group services in a natural way.
9046
9047 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
9048 services.
9049
9050 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
9051 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
9052 filtering by log level now.
9053
9054 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
9055 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
9056 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
9057
9058 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
9059 command lines involving service unit names.
9060
9061 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
9062 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
9063
9064 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
9065 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
9066 and encodes structured information about the error number.
9067
9068 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
9069 option.
9070
9071 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
9072 a shutdown is cancelled.
9073
9074 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
9075 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
9076 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
9077 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
9078 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
9079
9080 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
9081 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
9082 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
9083 for display managers instead.
9084
9085 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
9086 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
9087 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
9088 protection, and suchlike.
9089
9090 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
9091 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
9092 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
9093 the service.
9094
9095 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
9096 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
9097 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
9098 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
9099 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
9100 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9101
9102 CHANGES WITH 187:
9103
9104 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
9105 pages.
9106
9107 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
9108 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
9109 data loss.
9110
9111 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
9112 option.
9113
9114 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
9115
9116 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
9117 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
9118
9119 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
9120 specific directory.
9121
9122 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
9123 messages of two different boots.
9124
9125 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
9126 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
9127 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
9128
9129 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
9130 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
9131 disjunctions.
9132
9133 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
9134 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
9135 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
9136
9137 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
9138 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
9139 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
9140
9141 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
9142 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
9143 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
9144 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
9145 speed things up a bit.
9146
9147 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
9148 header data of journal files.
9149
9150 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
9151 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
9152 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
9153
9154 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
9155 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
9156 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
9157 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
9158
9159 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
9160
9161 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
9162 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
9163 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9164 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9165
9166 CHANGES WITH 186:
9167
9168 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
9169 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
9170 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
9171 prefixed with rd.
9172
9173 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
9174 automatically generated at boot. Use:
9175
9176 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
9177
9178 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
9179
9180 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
9181
9182 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
9183 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
9184 as well.
9185
9186 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
9187 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
9188 in all appropriate directories automatically.
9189
9190 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
9191 does the right thing. Example:
9192
9193 udevadm info /dev/sda
9194 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
9195
9196 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
9197 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
9198 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
9199 running.
9200
9201 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
9202 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
9203
9204 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
9205 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
9206
9207 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
9208 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
9209 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
9210 files.
9211
9212 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
9213 be stopped that is not loaded.
9214
9215 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
9216
9217 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
9218
9219 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
9220 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
9221 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
9222 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
9223
9224 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
9225 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
9226 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
9227 completed initialization.
9228
9229 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
9230
9231 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
9232 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
9233 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
9234 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
9235 distributions.
9236
9237 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
9238 always valid when services log to the journal via
9239 STDOUT/STDERR.
9240
9241 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
9242 command line options we understand.
9243
9244 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
9245 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
9246
9247 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
9248 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
9249
9250 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
9251 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
9252 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
9253 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
9254
9255 systemctl status /home
9256 systemctl status /dev/sda
9257
9258 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
9259 system.conf parsing.
9260
9261 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
9262 Manager object.
9263
9264 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
9265
9266 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
9267
9268 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
9269 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
9270 complete.
9271
9272 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
9273 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
9274 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
9275 systemd-fsck@.service.
9276
9277 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
9278 Manager object.
9279
9280 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
9281 work sensibly.
9282
9283 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
9284 we actually understand.
9285
9286 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
9287 additional capabilities to the container.
9288
9289 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
9290 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
9291 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
9292
9293 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
9294 the current boot only.
9295
9296 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
9297 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
9298
9299 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
9300 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
9301 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
9302 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
9303 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
9304
9305 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
9306
9307 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
9308 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9309 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
9310 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
9311
9312 CHANGES WITH 185:
9313
9314 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
9315 available.
9316
9317 * Several new man pages have been added.
9318
9319 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
9320 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
9321 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
9322 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
9323
9324 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
9325 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
9326
9327 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
9328 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9329 Matthias Clasen
9330
9331 CHANGES WITH 184:
9332
9333 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
9334 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
9335
9336 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
9337 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
9338 daemon.
9339
9340 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
9341 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
9342
9343 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
9344 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
9345 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
9346 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
9347
9348 CHANGES WITH 183:
9349
9350 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
9351 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
9352 and systemd's most recent version number.
9353
9354 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
9355 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
9356 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
9357 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
9358 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
9359 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
9360
9361 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
9362 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
9363 subsystems.
9364
9365 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
9366 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
9367 used to subscribe to events.
9368
9369 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
9370 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
9371 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
9372 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
9373 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
9374 forked by udev rules.
9375
9376 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
9377 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
9378 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
9379 it.
9380
9381 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
9382 udev_monitor_from_socket()
9383 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
9384 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
9385 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
9386
9387 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9388 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
9389
9390 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
9391 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
9392 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
9393 the files to the new names on upgrade.
9394
9395 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
9396 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
9397 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
9398 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
9399 to be used as drop-in files.
9400
9401 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
9402 particular suspending and hibernating.
9403
9404 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
9405 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
9406 about this in more detail.
9407
9408 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
9409 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
9410 places). Distributions which have not converted these
9411 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
9412 from git history and add them downstream.
9413
9414 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
9415 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
9416 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
9417 units.
9418
9419 * All smaller setup units (such as
9420 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
9421 are run in a container and are skipped when
9422 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
9423 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
9424
9425 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
9426 integrated, for details see:
9427 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
9428
9429 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
9430 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
9431 messages.
9432
9433 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
9434 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
9435 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
9436 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
9437 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
9438
9439 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
9440 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
9441 for all units started by PID 1.
9442
9443 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
9444 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
9445 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
9446
9447 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
9448 of PID 1 anymore.
9449
9450 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
9451 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
9452 have not been read by systemd yet.
9453
9454 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
9455 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
9456 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
9457 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
9458 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
9459 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
9460
9461 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
9462 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
9463
9464 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
9465
9466 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
9467 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
9468 so sexy.
9469
9470 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
9471 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
9472 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
9473 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
9474 patterns.
9475
9476 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
9477 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
9478 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
9479 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
9480
9481 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
9482 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
9483
9484 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
9485 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
9486 in systemd now.
9487
9488 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
9489 ID on the command line.
9490
9491 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
9492 for an init system.
9493
9494 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
9495 vt100.
9496
9497 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
9498
9499 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
9500 components now have directories of their own.
9501
9502 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
9503
9504 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
9505 container in other hierarchies.
9506
9507 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
9508 system.conf.
9509
9510 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
9511
9512 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
9513 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
9514
9515 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
9516 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
9517
9518 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
9519 locally generated journal files.
9520
9521 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
9522
9523 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
9524
9525 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
9526 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
9527 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
9528 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
9529 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
9530 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
9531 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9532 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
9533 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9534 Gundersen
9535
9536 CHANGES WITH 44:
9537
9538 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9539
9540 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
9541 KVM or container configured UUID.
9542
9543 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
9544
9545 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
9546
9547 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
9548 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
9549
9550 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
9551
9552 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
9553 folks
9554
9555 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
9556 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
9557 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
9558
9559 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
9560 configuration
9561
9562 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
9563 free fashion
9564
9565 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
9566 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
9567 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
9568 automatically generated data.
9569
9570 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
9571 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
9572 however.
9573
9574 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
9575 tarball.
9576
9577 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
9578 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
9579 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
9580 Reding
9581
9582 CHANGES WITH 43:
9583
9584 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9585
9586 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
9587
9588 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
9589
9590 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
9591 normal user logins.
9592
9593 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
9594 Biebl
9595
9596 CHANGES WITH 42:
9597
9598 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
9599
9600 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
9601 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
9602 xsltproc.
9603
9604 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
9605 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
9606 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
9607
9608 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
9609 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
9610 reboot can automatically be triggered.
9611
9612 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
9613
9614 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
9615 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9616 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
9617
9618 CHANGES WITH 41:
9619
9620 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
9621 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
9622 package update.
9623
9624 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
9625 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
9626 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
9627
9628 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
9629 complete.
9630
9631 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
9632 understood to set system wide environment variables
9633 dynamically at boot.
9634
9635 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
9636
9637 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
9638 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
9639 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
9640 files.
9641
9642 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9643 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
9644 William Douglas
9645
9646 CHANGES WITH 40:
9647
9648 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9649
9650 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
9651 "Result" D-Bus property.
9652
9653 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
9654 the next few releases.)
9655
9656 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
9657 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
9658 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
9659 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
9660
9661 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
9662 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
9663 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
9664
9665 CHANGES WITH 39:
9666
9667 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9668 bugfixes.
9669
9670 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
9671 resource usage.
9672
9673 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
9674 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
9675 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
9676 journals by the respective users.
9677
9678 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
9679 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
9680 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
9681
9682 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
9683 client for all entries.
9684
9685 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
9686
9687 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
9688 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
9689
9690 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
9691 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
9692 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
9693 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
9694
9695 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
9696 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
9697 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
9698
9699 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
9700 journal along with meta data.
9701
9702 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
9703 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
9704 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
9705
9706 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
9707 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
9708 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
9709
9710 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
9711
9712 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
9713 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
9714 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
9715 or fsck.
9716
9717 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
9718 requested with new -k switch.
9719
9720 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9721 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
9722
9723 CHANGES WITH 38:
9724
9725 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9726 bugfixes.
9727
9728 * The git repository moved to:
9729 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
9730 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
9731
9732 * First release with the journal
9733 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
9734
9735 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
9736 systemd-stdout-bridge.
9737
9738 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
9739
9740 * Many systemadm clean-ups
9741
9742 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
9743 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
9744 remote mounts.
9745
9746 * Added Mageia support
9747
9748 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9749
9750 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9751 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9752 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9753 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9754 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9755
9756 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9757 of existing distributions.
9758
9759 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9760 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9761
9762 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9763 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9764 boot.
9765
9766 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9767
9768 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9769 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9770 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9771 among other things.
9772
9773 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9774 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9775
9776 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9777
9778 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
9779 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9780 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9781
9782 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9783 restored.
9784
9785 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9786 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9787 kmod
9788
9789 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
9790 of /usr/local by default.
9791
9792 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9793 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9794 in:
9795 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
9796
9797 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9798 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9799 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9800 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9801 supported anyway, and bad style).
9802
9803 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9804 reloading of units together.
9805
9806 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
9807 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9808 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9809 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9810 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek